Quarterlytics / Industrials / Security & Protection Services / Brady

Brady

brc · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker brc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Security & Protection Services
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Brady
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐

TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 
1934

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021 

OR

For the transition period from                    to                    

Commission file number 1-14959
BRADY CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

Wisconsin

39-0178960

6555 West Good Hope Road
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233
(Address of principal executive offices and Zip Code)

(414) 358-6600
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A Nonvoting Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

BRC

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ☑   No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ☐    No  ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth 
company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,"  and  "emerging  growth  company"  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the 
Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

  ☑
  ☐

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

  ☐

  ☐

Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management's  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  prepared  or  issued  its  audit 
report.  ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☑

The aggregate market value of the non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of January 31, 2021, was approximately $2,104,922,847 based on 
the closing sale price of $45.91 per share on that date as reported for the New York Stock Exchange. As of August 31, 2021, there were 48,528,245 outstanding shares 
of Class A Nonvoting Common Stock (the “Class A Common Stock”), and 3,538,628 shares of Class B Common Stock. The Class B Common Stock, all of which is 
held by affiliates of the registrant, is the only voting stock.

 
 
 
INDEX

PART I

Page

Table of Contents

Item.1 Business

General Development of Business
Narrative Description of Business

Overview
Research and Development
Operations
Human Capital Management
Information Available on the Internet

Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II
Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item  7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item  9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation

PART III

Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Management Development and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Management Development and Compensation Committee Report
Compensation Policies and Practices
Summary Compensation Table
Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2021
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2021 Fiscal Year End
Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2021
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal 2021
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure
Compensation of Directors
Director Compensation Table — Fiscal 2021

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

PART IV

2

3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
13
13
13
13

14
16
17
25
26
56
56
60

60
65
65
77
77
77
78
80
80
83
83
83
83
87
88
89
91
92

93
97
99

Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

PART I

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Brady Corporation ("Brady," "Company," "we," "us," "our"), statements that are 
not reported financial results or other historic information are “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements 
relate to, among other things, the Company's future financial position, business strategy, targets, projected sales, costs, income, 
capital expenditures, debt levels and cash flows, and plans and objectives of management for future operations.

The  use  of  words  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “estimate,”  “anticipate,”  “believe,”  “should,”  “project”  or 
“plan” or similar terminology are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements 
by their nature address matters that are, to different degrees, uncertain and are subject to risks, assumptions, and other factors, 
some of which are beyond Brady's control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied 
by such forward-looking statements. For Brady, uncertainties arise from:

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Adverse impacts of the novel coronavirus ("COVID-19") pandemic or other pandemics
Decreased demand for the Company's products
Ability to compete effectively or to successfully execute its strategy
Ability to develop technologically advanced products that meet customer demands
Ability to identify, integrate, and grow acquired companies, and to manage contingent liabilities from divested 
businesses
Raw material and other cost increases including raw material shortages
Difficulties in protecting websites, networks, and systems against security breaches
Risks associated with the loss of key employees
Extensive regulations by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and self-regulatory entities
Litigation, including product liability claims
Foreign currency fluctuations
Potential write-offs of goodwill and other intangible assets
Changes in tax legislation and tax rates
Differing interests of voting and non-voting shareholders
Numerous other matters of national, regional and global scale, including major public health crises and government 
responses thereto and those of a political, economic, business, competitive, and regulatory nature contained from time 
to time in Brady's U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including, but not limited to, those factors listed 
in the “Risk Factors” section within Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

These uncertainties may cause Brady's actual future results to be materially different than those expressed in its forward-

looking statements. Brady does not undertake to update its forward-looking statements except as required by law.

Item 1. Business

General Development of Business

Brady  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  Wisconsin  in  1914.  The  Company  is  a  global  manufacturer  and 
supplier of identification solutions and workplace safety products that identify and protect premises, products and people. The 
ability to provide customers with a broad range of proprietary, customized and diverse products for use in various applications 
across multiple industries and geographies, along with a commitment to quality and service, have made Brady a leader in many 
of its markets.

The Company’s primary objective is to build upon its market position and increase shareholder value by enabling a highly 

competent and experienced organization to focus on the following key competencies:

•
•
•

•
•
•

Operational excellence — Continuous productivity improvement, automation, and product customization capabilities.
Customer service — Understanding customer needs and providing a high level of customer service. 
Innovative  products  —  Technologically-advanced,  internally-developed  proprietary  products  that  drive  revenue 
growth and sustain gross profit margins.
Global leadership position in niche markets.
Digital capabilities.
Compliance expertise.

The long-term sales growth and profitability of our segments will depend not only on improved demand in end markets and 
the  overall  economic  environment,  but  also  on  our  ability  to  continuously  improve  the  efficiency  of  our  global  operations, 

3

Table of Contents

deliver a high level of customer service, develop and market innovative new products, and to advance our digital capabilities. In 
our Identification Solutions ("ID Solutions" or "IDS") business, our strategy for growth includes an increased focus on certain 
industries  and  products,  a  focus  on  improving  the  customer  buying  experience,  and  the  development  of  technologically 
advanced, innovative and proprietary products. In our Workplace Safety ("WPS") business, our strategy for growth includes a 
focus on workplace safety critical industries, innovative new product offerings, compliance expertise, customization expertise, 
and improving our digital capabilities.

The following were key initiatives supporting the strategy in fiscal 2021:

•

•
•
•

•

•

Investing in organic growth by enhancing our research and development process and utilizing customer feedback to 
develop innovative new products.
Investing in acquisitions that enhance our strategic position and accelerate long-term sales growth.
Providing our customers with the highest level of customer service.
Expanding  and  enhancing  our  sales  capabilities  through  an  improved  digital  presence  and  the  use  of  data-driven 
marketing automation tools.
Driving  operational  excellence  and  executing  sustainable  efficiency  gains  within  our  selling,  general  and 
administrative structures and within our global operations including insourcing of critical products and manufacturing 
activities.
Building on our culture of diversity, equity and inclusion to increase employee engagement and enhance recruitment 
and retention practices.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, Brady completed the acquisition of three companies: The Code Corporation ("Code"), 
Magicard Holdings Limited ("Magicard"), and Nordic ID Oyj ("Nordic ID"). The acquired companies allow Brady to move into 
faster-growing  markets  with  the  goal  of  accelerating  long-term  sales  growth.  The  financial  results  of  the  three  acquired 
companies were included in the IDS segment from the date of the respective acquisitions.

Narrative Description of Business

Overview

The  Company  is  organized  and  managed  on  a  global  basis  within  two  reportable  segments:  Identification  Solutions  and 

Workplace Safety.

The  IDS  segment  includes  high-performance  and  innovative  safety,  identification  and  healthcare  products  manufactured 
under  multiple  brands,  including  the  Brady  brand.  Industrial  identification  products  are  sold  through  distribution  to  a  broad 
range  of  maintenance,  repair,  and  operations  ("MRO")  and  original  equipment  manufacturing  customers  and  through  other 
channels, including direct sales, catalog marketing, and digital. Healthcare identification products are sold directly to customers 
and through distribution via group purchasing organizations.

The  WPS  segment  includes  workplace  safety,  identification  and  compliance  products  sold  under  multiple  brand  names 
primarily through catalog and digital channels to a broad range of MRO customers. Approximately 40% of the WPS business is 
derived from internally manufactured products and 60% is from externally sourced products. 

Below is a summary of sales by reportable segment for the fiscal years ended July 31:

IDS

WPS

Total

ID Solutions

2021

2020

2019

 73.5 %
 26.5 %
 100.0 %

 72.6 %
 27.4 %
 100.0 %

 74.4 %
 25.6 %
 100.0 %

Within the ID Solutions segment, the primary product categories include:

•

•

Facility  safety  and  identification  and  protection,  which  includes  safety  signs,  floor-marking  tape,  pipe  markers, 
labeling  systems,  spill  control  products,  lockout/tagout  devices,  and  software  and  services  for  safety  compliance 
auditing, procedure writing and training.
Product identification, which includes materials, printing systems, RFID and bar code scanners for product 
identification, brand protection labeling, work in process labeling, and finished product identification.

• Wire identification, which includes hand-held printers, wire markers, sleeves, and tags.

4

Table of Contents

•

•

People identification, which includes name tags, badges, lanyards, rigid-card printing systems, and access control 
software.
Patient identification, which includes wristbands and labels used in hospitals for tracking and improving the safety of 
patients.

Approximately  69%  of  ID  Solutions  products  are  sold  under  the  Brady  brand,  with  other  primary  brands  including 
identification products for the utility industry which are marketed under the Electromark brand and security and identification 
badges and systems which are marketed under the IDenticard, PromoVision, Brady People ID, BIG, and MAGiCARD brands. 
Spill control products are marketed under the SPC brand, lockout/tagout products are offered under the Scafftag brand, RFID 
products are marketed under the Nordic ID brand, and barcode scanners are marketed under the Code brand. Identification and 
patient safety products in the healthcare industry are available under the PDC Healthcare brand and custom wristbands for the 
leisure and entertainment industry are available under the PDC brand.

  The  ID  Solutions  segment  offers  high-quality  products  with  rapid  response  and  superior  service  to  provide  solutions  to 
customers.  IDS  markets  and  sells  products  through  multiple  channels  including  distribution,  direct,  catalog  marketing,  and 
digital channels. The ID Solutions sales force partners with end-users and distributors by providing technical application and 
product expertise.

IDS  manufactures  differentiated,  proprietary  products,  most  of  which  have  been  internally  developed.  These  internally 
developed products include materials, printing systems, and software. IDS competes for business on several factors, including 
customer service, product innovation, breadth of product offering, product quality, price, expertise, production capabilities, and 
for multinational customers, our global footprint. Competition is highly fragmented, ranging from smaller companies offering 
minimal product variety, to some of the world's largest adhesive and electrical product companies offering competing products 
as part of their overall product lines.

  ID  Solutions  serves  customers  in  many  industries,  which  include  industrial  manufacturing,  electronic  manufacturing, 
healthcare, chemical, oil, gas, automotive, aerospace, governments, mass transit, electrical contractors, education, leisure and 
entertainment and telecommunications, among others.

Workplace Safety 

Within the Workplace Safety segment, the primary product categories include:

•
•
•
•
•
•

Safety and compliance signs, tags, labels, and markings.
Informational signage and markings.
Asset tracking labels.
Facility safety and personal protection equipment.
First-aid products.
Labor law and other compliance posters.

Products  within  the  Workplace  Safety  segment  are  sold  under  a  variety  of  brands  including:  safety  and  facility 
identification  products  offered  under  the  Seton,  Emedco,  Signals,  Safety  Signs,  SafetyShop,  Signs  &  Labels,  and  Pervaco 
brands; first aid supplies under the Accidental Health and Safety, Trafalgar, and Securimed brands; wire identification products 
marketed  under  the  Carroll  brand;  and  labor  law  and  compliance  posters  under  the  Personnel  Concepts  and  Clement 
Communications brands.

The Workplace Safety segment manufactures a broad range of stock and custom identification products, and also sells a 
broad range of related resale products. Historically, both the Company and many of our competitors focused their businesses on 
catalog marketing, often with varying product niches. Many of our competitors extensively utilize e-commerce to promote the 
sale of their products.  A consequence of e-commerce is price transparency, as prices on non-proprietary products can be easily 
compared.  Therefore,  to  compete  effectively,  we  continue  to  build  out  our  e-commerce  capabilities  and  focus  on  developing 
unique or customized solutions, enhancing the customer experience, and providing compliance expertise as these are critical to 
retain  existing  customers  and  convert  new  customers.  Workplace  Safety  primarily  sells  to  businesses  and  serves  many 
industries, including manufacturers, process industries, government, education, construction, and utilities.

Research and Development

The  Company  focuses  its  research  and  development  ("R&D")  efforts  on  pressure  sensitive  materials,  identification  and 
printing  systems,  software,  industrial  track  and  trace  applications  and  the  development  of  other  workplace  safety-related 
products.  The  Company  spent  $44.6  million,  $40.7  million,  and  $45.2  million  on  its  R&D  activities  during  the  fiscal  years 
ended  July  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively.  Although  there  is  an  increasing  amount  of  R&D  that  supports  the  WPS 

5

Table of Contents

segment,  the  majority  of  R&D  spend  supports  the  IDS  segment.  Material  development  involves  the  application  of  surface 
chemistry concepts for top coatings and adhesives applied to a variety of base materials. The design of our identification and 
printing  systems  integrates  materials,  embedded  software,  a  variety  of  printing  technologies  and  product  scanning  and 
identification  technologies  to  form  a  complete  solution  for  customer  applications.  In  addition,  the  R&D  team  supports 
production and marketing efforts by providing application and technical expertise.

The Company owns patents and tradenames relating to certain products in the United States and internationally. Although 
the Company believes patents are a significant driver in maintaining its position for certain products, technology in the areas 
covered by many of the patents continues to evolve and may limit the value of such patents. The Company's business is not 
dependent on any single patent or group of patents. Patents applicable to specific products extend for up to 20 years according 
to the date of patent application filing or patent grant, depending upon the legal term of patents in the various countries where 
patent  protection  is  obtained.  The  Company's  tradenames  are  valid  ten  years  from  the  date  of  registration,  and  are  typically 
renewed on an ongoing basis.

Operations

The materials used in the products manufactured consist of a variety of plastic and synthetic films, paper, metal and metal 
foil, cloth, fiberglass, inks, dyes, adhesives, pigments, natural and synthetic rubber, organic chemicals, polymers, and solvents 
for  consumable  identification  products  in  addition  to  molded  parts,  electronic  components,  chips,  and  sub-assemblies  for 
identification  and  printing  systems.  The  Company  operates  coating  facilities  that  manufacture  bulk  rolls  of  label  stock  for 
internal and external customers. In addition, the Company purchases finished products for resale.

The  Company  purchases  raw  materials,  components  and  finished  products  from  many  suppliers.  Overall,  we  are  not 
dependent  upon  any  single  supplier  for  our  most  critical  base  materials  or  components.  However,  we  have  chosen  in  certain 
situations to sole source, or limit the sources of materials, components, or finished items for design or cost reasons. As a result, 
disruptions in supply could have an impact on results for a period of time, but we believe any disruptions would simply require 
qualification of new suppliers and the disruption would be modest. In certain instances, the qualification process could be more 
costly or take a longer period of time and in certain situations, such as a global shortage of critical materials or components, the 
financial impact could be material.

The  Company  carries  working  capital  mainly  related  to  accounts  receivable  and  inventory.  Inventory  consists  of  raw 
materials, work in process and finished goods. Generally, custom products are made to order while an on-hand quantity of stock 
product is maintained to provide customers with timely delivery. Average time to fulfill customer orders varies from same-day 
to one month, depending on the type of product, customer request, and whether the product is stock or custom-designed and 
manufactured. Normal and customary payment terms primarily range from net 10 to 90 days from date of invoice and vary by 
geography.

The Company has a broad customer base, and no individual customer represents 10% or more of total net sales.

Human Capital Management

As of July 31, 2021, the Company employed approximately 5,700 individuals worldwide, of which approximately 1,650 

were employed in the United States and approximately 4,050 were employed outside the United States.

The Company’s Senior Vice President of Human Resources is responsible for developing the Company’s human capital 
strategy,  which  includes  the  attraction,  acquisition,  development,  engagement  and  retention  of  talent  to  deliver  on  the 
Company’s  strategy  as  well  as  the  design  of  employee  compensation  and  benefits  programs.  Management  is  responsible  for 
executing the Company's human capital strategy. The Senior Vice President of Human Resources is also responsible for leading 
the  Company’s  diversity,  equity,  and  inclusion  initiatives.  The  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  and  its  committees  receive 
regular  updates  on  the  operation  and  status  of  these  initiatives  and  human  capital  trends  and  activities  from  the  Senior  Vice 
President of Human Resources, the CEO and others within senior management.

Key areas of focus with respect to human capital include:

Health  and  Safety:    The  Company’s  health  and  safety  programs  are  designed  around  global  standards  with  appropriate 
variations  addressing  the  multiple  jurisdictions  and  regulations,  specific  hazards  and  unique  working  environments  of  the 
Company’s  manufacturing,  distribution  and  headquarter  operations.  The  Company  requires  each  of  its  locations  to  perform 
regular  safety  audits  to  ensure  proper  safety  policies,  program  procedures,  analyses  and  training  are  in  place.  The  Company 
utilizes  a  mixture  of  leading  and  lagging  indicators  to  assess  the  health  and  safety  performance  of  its  operations.  Lagging 
indicators include the OSHA Total Recordable Incident Rate (“TRIR”) and the Lost Time Case Rate (“LTCR”) based upon the 
number  of  incidents  per  100  employees.  Leading  indicators  include  reporting  and  closure  of  all  near  miss  events  and 

6

Table of Contents

Environmental,  Health  and  Safety  (“EHS”)  coaching  and  engagement  conversations.  During  the  fiscal  year  ended  July  31, 
2021, the Company had a TRIR of 0.69, a LTCR of 0.32 and no work-related fatalities.

The  Company  provides  critical  products  and  materials  to  labs,  hospitals  and  other  customers  who  are  on  the  front  lines 
fighting  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  as  well  as  to  customers  who  support  critical  infrastructure.  As  a  result,  the  Company’s 
manufacturing  facilities  are  generally  considered  essential  businesses.  During  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  Company 
implemented  increased  cleaning  and  sanitizing  protocols,  social  distancing  and  many  other  actions  to  provide  a  safe 
environment for its employees globally. The health and safety of its employees is a top priority for the Company.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion:  Fostering a culture of diversity, equity and inclusion in the workplace means employees 
feel valued and listened to, and the Company has made this a top priority. The Company believes that its culture of diversity, 
equity  and  inclusion  enables  it  to  create,  develop  and  fully  leverage  the  strengths  of  its  workforce  to  exceed  customer 
expectations  and  pursue  its  growth  objectives.  To  this  end,  the  Company  engages  employees  through  various  employee 
resource groups staffed by employees with diverse backgrounds, experiences and characteristics who share a common interest 
in  professional  development,  improving  corporate  culture  and  delivering  improved  business  results.  Each  employee  resource 
group is sponsored and supported by senior leaders throughout the organization.

The  Company  has  implemented  several  measures  to  drive  accountability  for  increasing  diversity,  equity  and  inclusion 
throughout the global organization. The CEO and other senior leaders have diversity, equity and inclusion objectives embedded 
in their annual performance goals. The Company also strives to have a diverse talent pipeline by partnering with its business 
units in their workforce planning forecasts to develop initiatives and goals to recruit diverse talent across defined organizational 
levels and skill areas. The Company trains its recruiting workforce in diversity sourcing strategies and partners with external 
organizations that develop and supply diverse talent. The Company has also expanded its university outreach program to access 
diverse  organizations,  has  implemented  interview  guides  to  mitigate  bias  in  interviewing,  has  implemented  a  Company-wide 
recruiting  policy  to  drive  change  and  ensure  manager  accountability,  has  implemented  mentoring  programs  to  increase 
employee engagement and retention and has implemented required training for all managers on diversity, equity and inclusion 
compliance  and  unconscious  bias.  As  of  July  31,  2021,  37.5%  of  the  members  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  were 
women and 60% of committee chairs of the Company’s Board of Directors were women. 

Training and Talent Development:  The Company is committed to the continued development of its people. Strategic talent 
reviews  and  succession  planning  occur  on  a  planned  cadence  annually.  The  CEO  and  the  Senior  Vice  President  of  Human 
Resources  convene  meetings  with  senior  Company  leadership  and  the  Board  of  Directors  to  review  top  enterprise  talent  and 
discuss succession planning for key leadership roles.  

The  Company  provides  technical  training  to  employees,  customers  and  suppliers  who  work  for  or  with  the  Company’s 
products. Training is provided in a number of formats to accommodate the respective learner’s style, pace, location, technical 
knowledge and access.

Compensation and Benefits:  The Company values its people and strives to deliver compensation and benefit programs and 
plans that are competitive with the external market. The Company provides subsidized health and welfare benefits, as well as 
postretirement, incentive and equity-based compensation plans and programs, to eligible employees. Refer to the Compensation 
Discussion & Analysis for additional information regarding the Company’s compensation and benefits programs.

Information Available on the Internet

The  Company’s  Corporate  Internet  address  is  www.bradyid.com.  The  Company  makes  available,  free  of  charge,  on  or 
through its website, copies of its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-
K,  and  amendments  to  all  such  reports  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  such  reports  are  electronically  filed  with  or 
furnished to the SEC. The Company is not including the information contained on or available through its website as part of, or 
incorporating such information by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

7

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investors should carefully consider the risks set forth below and all other information contained in this report and other 
documents we file with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we have identified as material, but 
are  not  the  only  risks  and  uncertainties  facing  us.  Our  business  is  also  subject  to  general  risks  and  uncertainties  that  affect 
many  other  companies,  such  as  market  conditions,  geopolitical  events,  changes  in  laws  or  accounting  rules,  fluctuations  in 
interest rates, terrorism, wars or conflicts, major health concerns, natural disasters or other disruptions of expected economic 
or business conditions. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial 
also may impair our business and financial results.

COVID-19 Risks

The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted worldwide economic conditions and could have a material adverse 

effect on our operations and business.

The COVID-19 pandemic initially impacted our operations in the third quarter of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020 and 
may continue to affect our business, particularly should government authorities impose mandatory closures, work-from-home 
orders or social distancing protocols, seek voluntary facility closures or impose other restrictions. Should such actions be taken, 
it could materially adversely affect our ability to adequately staff and maintain our operations and impact our financial results. 
The  effects  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  also  include  restrictions  on  our  employees’  ability  to  visit  customers  as  well  as 
disruptions  or  temporary  closures  of  our  facilities.  Some  actions  that  we  have  taken  in  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic 
include enabling remote working arrangements, which may create increased vulnerability to cybersecurity incidents, including 
breaches of information systems security, which could damage our reputation and commercial relationships, disrupt operations, 
increase  costs  or  decrease  revenues,  and  expose  us  to  claims  from  customers,  suppliers,  financial  institutions,  regulators, 
payment  card  associations,  employees  and  others.  While  we  attempt  to  maintain  sufficient  inventory  levels  in  order  to  meet 
rapidly  shifting  customer  demand  patterns  and  supplier  lead  time  requirements,  we  cannot  be  certain  we  will  be  able  to 
accurately predict demand or lead times, which may cause us to be unable to service customer demand or expose us to risks of 
product  shortages,  or  result  in  excess  inventory,  which  could  lead  to  additional  inventory  carrying  costs  and  inventory 
obsolescence.

The  duration  and  ultimate  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition,  including  liquidity,  capital  and  financing  resources,  will  depend  on  numerous  evolving  factors  and  future 
developments.    Such  factors  and  developments  may  include  the  geographic  spread,  severity  and  duration  of  the  COVID-19 
pandemic,  including  whether  there  are  periods  of  increased  COVID-19  cases,  disruption  to  our  operations  resulting  from 
employee illnesses, the development, availability and administration of effective treatment or vaccines, the extent and duration 
of the impact on the U.S. and global economy, including the pace and extent of recovery when the pandemic subsides, and the 
actions that have been or may be taken by various governmental authorities in response to the outbreak, including current and 
future  health  and  safety  measures,  such  as  mandatory  facility  closures  of  non-essential  businesses,  stay-at-home  orders  or 
similar  restrictions,  social  distancing  mandates  and  travel  bans,  and  import  and  export  restrictions,  which  could  disrupt  our 
relationship with customers. If we are unable to respond to and manage the impact of these events, our business and results of 
operations may be adversely affected.

Although  our  current  accounting  estimates  contemplate  current  and  expected  future  conditions,  as  applicable,  it  is 
reasonably  possible  that  actual  conditions  could  differ  from  our  expectations,  which  could  materially  affect  our  results  of 
operations and financial position. In particular, a number of estimates have been and will continue to be affected by the ongoing 
COVID-19  pandemic.  The  severity,  magnitude  and  duration,  as  well  as  the  economic  consequences  of  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, are uncertain, rapidly changing and difficult to predict. As a result, our accounting estimates and assumptions may 
change  over  time  in  response  to  COVID-19.  Such  changes  could  result  in  future  impairments  of  goodwill,  intangible  assets, 
long-lived assets, incremental credit losses on accounts receivable, excess and obsolete inventories, or a decrease in the carrying 
amount of our deferred tax assets. Any of these events could amplify the other risks and uncertainties described in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021 and could have an adverse effect on our business and financial 
results.

Demand for our products may be adversely affected by numerous factors, some of which we cannot predict or control. 

This could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Numerous factors may affect the demand for our products, including:

Deterioration of economic conditions in major markets served.

•
• Ongoing economic and operational impact of the COVID-19 or other pandemics.

8

Table of Contents

Consolidation in the marketplace allowing competitors to be more efficient and more price competitive.
Competitors entering the marketplace.

•
•
• Decreasing product life cycles.
•
• Ability to achieve strong operational performance, including the manufacture and sale of high-quality products and the 

Changes in customer preferences.

ability to meet customer delivery expectations.

If any of these factors occur, the demand for our products could suffer, and this could adversely impact our business and 

financial results.

Business Risks

Failure to compete effectively or to successfully execute our strategy may have a negative impact on our business and 

financial results.

We actively compete with companies that produce and market the same or similar products, and in some instances, with 
companies that sell different products that are designed for the same end user. Competition may force us to reduce prices or 
incur additional costs to remain competitive in an environment in which business models are changing rapidly. We compete on 
the basis of several factors, including customer support, product innovation, product offering, product quality, price, expertise, 
digital capabilities, production capabilities, and for multinational customers, our global footprint. Present or future competitors 
may develop and introduce new and enhanced products, offer products based on alternative technologies and processes, accept 
lower profit, have greater financial, technical or other resources, or have lower production costs or other pricing advantages. 
Any  of  these  could  put  us  at  a  disadvantage  by  threatening  our  share  of  sales  or  reducing  our  profit  margins,  which  could 
adversely impact our business and financial results.

Additionally, throughout our global business, distributors and customers may seek lower cost sourcing opportunities, which 

could result in a loss of business that may adversely impact our business and financial results.

Our strategy is to expand into higher-growth adjacent product categories and markets with technologically advanced new 
products, as well as to grow our sales generated through the digital channel. While traditional direct marketing channels such as 
catalogs  are  an  important  means  of  selling  our  products,  an  increasing  number  of  customers  are  purchasing  products  on  the 
internet. Our strategy to increase sales through the digital channel is an investment in our internet sales capabilities. There is a 
risk that we may not continue to successfully implement this strategy, or if successfully implemented, we may not realize its 
expected benefits due to the continued levels of increased competition and pricing pressure brought about by the internet. Our 
failure to successfully implement our strategy could adversely impact our business and financial results.

Failure to develop or acquire technologically advanced products that meet customer demands, including price 

expectations, could adversely impact our business and financial results.

Development  of  technologically  advanced  new  products  is  targeted  as  a  driver  of  our  organic  growth  and  profitability. 
Technology  is  changing  rapidly  and  our  competitors  are  innovating  quickly.  If  we  do  not  keep  pace  with  developing 
technologically  advanced  products,  we  risk  product  commoditization,  deterioration  of  the  value  of  our  brand,  and  reduced 
ability to effectively compete. We must continue to develop innovative products, as well as acquire and retain the necessary 
intellectual  property  rights  in  these  products.  If  we  fail  to  innovate,  or  we  launch  products  with  quality  problems,  or  if 
customers do not accept our products, then our business and financial results could be adversely affected.

The failure to properly identify, integrate and grow acquired companies, and to manage contingent liabilities from 

divested businesses could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our  historical  growth  has  included  acquisitions  and  our  future  growth  strategy  includes  acquisitions.  We  completed  the 
acquisitions of Code, Magicard and Nordic ID in fiscal 2021 for a total purchase price of $244.0 million. Acquisitions place 
significant  demands  on  management,  operational,  and  financial  resources.  Recent  and  future  acquisitions  will  require 
integration  of  operations,  sales  and  marketing,  information  technology,  finance,  and  administrative  operations,  which  could 
decrease  the  time  available  to  focus  on  our  other  growth  strategies.  We  cannot  assure  that  we  will  be  able  to  successfully 
integrate acquisitions, that these acquisitions will operate profitably, or that we will be able to achieve the desired sales growth 
or  operational  success.  Our  sales,  results  of  operations,  cash  flow,  and  liquidity  could  be  adversely  affected  if  we  do  not 
successfully integrate the newly acquired businesses, including realizing synergies, or if our other businesses suffer due to the 
increased focus on the acquired businesses.

We continually assess the strategic fit of our existing businesses and may divest businesses that we determine do not align 
with our strategic plan, or that are not achieving the desired return on investment. Divestitures pose risks and challenges that 

9

Table of Contents

could  negatively  impact  our  business.  When  we  decide  to  sell  a  business  or  specific  assets,  we  may  be  unable  to  do  so  on 
satisfactory terms or within our anticipated timeframe, and even after reaching a definitive agreement to sell a business, the sale 
is  typically  subject  to  pre-closing  conditions  which  may  not  be  satisfied.  In  addition,  the  impact  of  the  divestiture  on  our 
revenue and net income may be larger than projected, which could distract management, and disputes may arise with buyers. 
We have retained responsibility for and have agreed to indemnify buyers against certain contingent liabilities related to several 
businesses  that  we  have  sold.  The  resolution  of  these  contingencies  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial 
results, but we cannot be certain that this favorable pattern will continue.

Raw material and other cost increases and product shortages could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We manufacture certain parts and components of our products and therefore require raw materials from suppliers, which 
could  be  interrupted  for  a  variety  of  reasons,  including  availability  and  pricing.  Prices  and  lead  times  for  raw  materials  and 
other  components  necessary  for  production  have  fluctuated  in  the  past,  including  increased  raw  production  costs,  increased 
wage rates, and extended lead times during the year ended July 31, 2021. Significant increases could adversely affect our profit 
margins  and  results  of  operations.  Changes  in  trade  policies;  shortages  due  to  the  COVID-19,  other  pandemics,  or  any  other 
reason;  the  imposition  of  duties  and  tariffs  and  potential  retaliatory  countermeasures  could  adversely  impact  the  price  or 
availability of raw materials. In addition, labor shortages or an increase in the cost of labor could adversely affect our profit 
margins and results of operations. Due to competitive pressures or other factors, the Company may not be able to pass along 
increased raw material and component part costs to its customers in the form of price increases or its ability to do so could be 
delayed, which could adversely impact our business and financial results.

Global Operating Risks

Our  failure  or  the  failure  of  third-party  service  providers  to  protect  our  sites,  networks  and  systems  against  security 
breaches, to protect our confidential information, or to facilitate our digital strategy, could adversely affect our business and 
financial results. 

Our  business  systems  collect,  transmit  and  store  data  about  our  customers,  vendors  and  others,  including  credit  card 
information  and  personally  identifiable  information.  We  also  employ  third-party  service  providers  that  store,  process  and 
transmit proprietary, personal and confidential information on our behalf. We rely on encryption and authentication technology 
licensed  from  third  parties  in  an  effort  to  securely  transmit  confidential  and  sensitive  information,  including  credit  card 
numbers. Our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to hack 
our  systems,  denial-of-service  attacks,  viruses,  malicious  software,  break-ins,  phishing  attacks,  social  engineering,  security 
breaches  or  other  similar  disruptions  that  may  jeopardize  the  security  of  information  stored  in  or  transmitted  by  our  sites, 
networks  and  systems  or  that  we  or  our  third-party  service  providers  otherwise  maintain.  We  engage  third-party  service 
providers  to  assist  with  certain  of  our  website  and  digital  platform  upgrades,  which  may  result  in  a  decline  in  sales  when 
initially deployed, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We and our service providers may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent all types of 
attacks, and techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or to sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known 
until launched against us or our third-party service providers. In addition, security breaches can also occur as a result of non-
technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial 
relationships. Although we maintain privacy, data breach and network security liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our 
coverage  will  be  adequate  or  will  cover  liabilities  actually  incurred,  or  that  insurance  will  continue  to  be  available  to  us  on 
economically  reasonable  terms,  or  at  all.  Any  compromise  or  breach  of  our  security  measures,  or  those  of  our  third-party 
service  providers,  could  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  conduct  business,  violate  applicable  privacy,  data  security  and  other 
laws, and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, 
which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We depend on key employees and the loss of these individuals could have an adverse effect on our business and 

financial results.

Our  financial  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  increased  competition  for  employees,  difficulty  in  recruiting 
employees, higher employee turnover or increased compensation and benefit costs. Our employees are important to our success 
and we are dependent on our ability to retain the services of our employees in key roles. We have built our business on a set of 
core  values,  and  we  attempt  to  hire  and  retain  employees  who  are  committed  to  these  values  and  our  culture  of  providing 
exceptional  service  to  our  customers.  In  order  to  compete  and  to  continue  to  grow,  we  must  attract,  retain  and  motivate  our 
employees. We need qualified managers and skilled employees with technical and industry experience to operate our business 
successfully. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified individuals or our costs to do so increase significantly, our business 
and financial results could be adversely affected.

10

Table of Contents

We are a global company headquartered in the United States. We are subject to extensive regulations by U.S. and non-
U.S.  governmental  and  self-regulatory  entities  at  various  levels  of  the  governing  bodies.  Failure  to  comply  with  laws  and 
regulations could adversely affect our business and financial results.

Nearly 50% of our sales are derived outside of the United States. Our operations are subject to the risks of doing business 

domestically and globally, including the following:

•
•
•

•
•
•

•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Delays or disruptions in product deliveries and payments in connection with international manufacturing and sales.
Regulations resulting from political and economic instability and disruptions.
Imposition  of  new  or  changes  in  existing  duties,  tariffs  and  trade  agreements,  which  could  have  a  direct  or  indirect 
impact on our ability to manufacture products, on our customers' demand for our products, or on our suppliers' ability 
to deliver raw materials.
Import, export and economic sanction laws.
Current and changing governmental policies, regulatory, and business environments.
Disadvantages  from  competing  against  companies  from  countries  that  are  not  subject  to  U.S.  laws  and  regulations 
including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
Local labor regulations.
Regulations  relating  to  climate  change,  air  emissions,  wastewater  discharges,  handling  and  disposal  of  hazardous 
materials and wastes.
Regulations relating to product content, health, safety and the protection of the environment.
Imposition of trade or travel restrictions as a result of the COVID-19 or other pandemics.
Specific country regulations where our products are manufactured or sold.
Regulations relating to compliance with data protection and privacy laws throughout our global business.
Laws  and  regulations  that  apply  to  companies  doing  business  with  the  government,  including  audit  requirements  of 
government  contracts  related  to  procurement  integrity,  export  control,  employment  practices,  and  the  accuracy  of 
records and recording of costs.

Further, these laws and regulations are constantly evolving and it is difficult to accurately predict the effect they may have 

upon our business and financial results.

We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from acts committed 
by employees, agents or business partners that would violate U.S. and/or non-U.S. laws, including the laws governing payments 
to government officials, bribery, fraud, anti-kickback and false claims rules, competition, export and import compliance, money 
laundering and data privacy. Any such improper actions could subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in 
other  jurisdictions,  lead  to  substantial  civil  or  criminal,  monetary  and  non-monetary  penalties  and  related  lawsuits  by 
shareholders and others, damage our reputation, and adversely impact our business and financial results.

We are subject to litigation, including product liability claims that could adversely impact our business, financial 

results, and reputation.

We are a party to litigation that arises in the normal course of our business operations, including product liability and recall 
(strict  liability  and  negligence)  claims,  patent  and  trademark  matters,  contract  disputes  and  environmental,  employment  and 
other litigation matters. We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our 
products is alleged to have resulted in injury or other damage. In addition, we face an inherent risk that our competitors will 
allege that aspects of our products infringe their intellectual property or that our intellectual property is invalid, such that we 
could  be  prevented  from  manufacturing  and  selling  our  products  or  prevented  from  stopping  others  from  manufacturing  and 
selling competing products. To date, we have not incurred material costs related to these types of claims. However, while we 
currently maintain insurance coverage for certain types of claims that we believe is adequate, we cannot be certain that we will 
be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms or that this insurance will provide sufficient coverage against potential 
liabilities that may arise. Any claims brought against us, with or without merit, may have an adverse effect on our business, 
financial results and reputation as a result of potential adverse outcomes. The expenses associated with defending such claims 
and the diversion of our management’s resources and time may have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

11

Table of Contents

Financial and Security Ownership Risks

The global nature of our business exposes us to foreign currency fluctuations that could adversely affect our business 

and financial results.

Nearly 50% of our sales are derived outside the United States. Sales and purchases in currencies other than the U.S. dollar 
expose  us  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currencies  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  and  may  adversely  affect  our  financial  results. 
Increased strength of the U.S. dollar will increase the effective price of our products sold in currencies other than U.S. dollars 
into other countries. Decreased strength of the U.S. dollar could adversely affect the cost of materials, products, and services 
purchased overseas. Our sales and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes, and the strengthening of the 
U.S.  dollar  could  result  in  unfavorable  translation  effects,  which  occurred  during  fiscal  years  2019  and  2020.  In  addition, 
certain  of  our  subsidiaries  may  invoice  customers  in  a  currency  other  than  its  functional  currency  or  may  be  invoiced  by 
suppliers in a currency other than its functional currency, which could result in unfavorable translation effects on our business 
and financial results.

Failure to execute our strategies could result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, which may negatively 

impact income and profitability. 

We  have  goodwill  of  $614.1  million  and  other  intangible  assets  of  $92.3  million  as  of  July  31,  2021,  which  represents 
51.3% of our total assets, and we have recognized impairment charges in the past. We evaluate goodwill and other intangible 
assets for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if impairment indicators are present, based upon the fair value of 
each  respective  asset.  The  valuations  prepared  for  the  required  impairment  test  include  management's  estimates  of  sales, 
profitability,  cash  flow  generation,  capital  structure,  cost  of  debt,  interest  rates,  capital  expenditures,  and  other  assumptions. 
Significant  negative  industry  or  economic  trends,  disruptions  to  our  business,  inability  to  achieve  sales  projections  or  cost 
savings, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected changes in the use of the assets, and divestitures may 
adversely impact the assumptions used in the valuations. If the estimated fair value of our goodwill or other intangible assets 
change in future periods, we may be required to record an impairment charge, which would reduce net income in such period. 
Indicators of other-than-temporary impairment were present in our equity investment in React Mobile, Inc., an employee safety 
software and hardware company, and we recognized an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $5.0 million in fiscal 2021. 

Changes in tax legislation or tax rates could adversely affect results of operations and financial statements. 

Additionally, audits by taxing authorities could result in tax payments for prior periods.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and in many non-U.S. jurisdictions. As such, our income is subject to risk due to 
changing  tax  laws  and  tax  rates  around  the  world.  Our  tax  filings  are  subject  to  audit  by  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local  tax 
authorities and by non-U.S. tax authorities. If these audits result in payments or assessments that differ from our reserves, our 
future net income may be adversely impacted.

We review the probability of the realization of our deferred tax assets quarterly based on forecasts of taxable income in 
both the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. As part of this review, we utilize historical results, projected future operating results, 
eligible  carry-forward  periods,  tax  planning  opportunities,  and  other  relevant  considerations.  Changes  in  profitability  and 
financial outlook in both the U.S. and/or foreign jurisdictions, or changes in our geographic footprint may require modifications 
in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. At any point in time, there are a number of tax proposals at various stages of 
legislation throughout the globe. While it is impossible for us to predict whether some or all of these proposals will be enacted, 
many will likely have an impact on our business and financial results.

Substantially all of our voting stock is controlled by two shareholders, while our public investors hold non-voting stock. 
The interests of the voting and non-voting shareholders could differ, potentially resulting in decisions that affect the value of 
the non-voting shares.

Substantially all of our voting stock is controlled by Elizabeth P. Bruno, one of our Directors, and William H. Brady III, 
both of whom are descendants of the Company's founder. All of our publicly traded shares are non-voting. Therefore, the voting 
shareholders have control in most matters requiring approval or acquiescence by shareholders, including the composition of our 
Board  of  Directors  and  many  corporate  actions,  and  their  interests  may  not  align  with  those  of  the  non-voting 
shareholders.  Such  concentration  of  ownership  may  discourage  a  potential  acquirer  from  making  a  purchase  offer  that  our 
public shareholders may find favorable and it may adversely affect the trading price for our non-voting common stock because 
investors may perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies whose voting stock is controlled by a limited number of 
shareholders.  Additionally,  certain  private  investors,  mutual  funds  and  index  sponsors  have  implemented  rules  restricting 
ownership, or excluding from indices, companies with non-voting publicly traded shares.

12

Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The  Company  currently  operates  41  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities  across  the  globe  and  are  split  by  reporting 

segment as follows:

IDS:  Thirty-two manufacturing and distribution facilities are used for our IDS business. Seven facilities are located in the 
United States; four each in China and Belgium; three each in Mexico and the United Kingdom; two each in Brazil and India; 
and one each in Canada, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, and Turkey.

WPS:  Nine manufacturing and distribution facilities are used for our WPS business. Three facilities are located in France; 

two are located in Australia; and one each in Germany, Norway, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

The Company believes that its equipment and facilities are modern, well maintained, and adequate for present needs.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company is, and may in the future be, named as a defendant in various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the 
normal course of business in which claims are asserted against the Company. The Company records a liability for these legal 
actions  when  a  loss  is  known  or  considered  probable  and  the  amount  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  The  Company  is  not 
currently a party to any material pending legal proceedings in which management believes the ultimate resolution would have a 
material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

13

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a) Market Information

Brady  Corporation  Class  A  Nonvoting  Common  Stock  trades  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  ("NYSE")  under  the 

symbol BRC. There is no trading market for the Company’s Class B Voting Common Stock.

(b) Holders

As of August 31, 2021, there were approximately 1,100 Class A Common Stock shareholders of record and approximately 

10,000 beneficial shareholders. There are three Class B Common Stock shareholders.

(c) Dividends

The Company has historically paid quarterly dividends on outstanding common stock. Before any dividend may be paid on 
the  Class  B  Common  Stock,  holders  of  the  Class  A  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive  an  annual,  noncumulative  cash 
dividend  of  $0.01665  per  share  (subject  to  adjustment  in  the  event  of  future  stock  splits,  stock  dividends  or  similar  events 
involving shares of Class A Common Stock). Thereafter, any further dividend in that fiscal year must be paid on all shares of 
Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  on  an  equal  basis.  The  Company  believes  that  based  on  its  historic 
dividend practice, this requirement will not impede it in following a similar dividend practice in the future.

During  the  two  most  recent  fiscal  years  and  for  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2022,  the  Company  declared  the  following 

dividends per share on its Class A and Class B Common Stock for the years ended July 31: 

2022

2021

2020

Class A

Class B

1st Qtr

1st Qtr

2nd Qtr

3rd Qtr

4th Qtr

1st Qtr

2nd Qtr

3rd Qtr

4th Qtr

$  0.2250  $  0.2200  $  0.2200  $  0.2200  $  0.2200  $  0.2175  $  0.2175  $  0.2175  $  0.2175 

0.2084 

0.2034 

0.2200 

0.2200 

0.2200 

0.2009 

0.2175 

0.2175 

0.2175 

(d) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company has a share repurchase program for the Company’s Class A Nonvoting Common Stock. The plan may be 
implemented by purchasing shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, with repurchased shares available 
for use in connection with the Company’s stock-based plans and for other corporate purposes. As of July 31, 2021, there were 
369,142 remaining shares authorized to purchase in connection with this share repurchase program. There were no repurchases 
of the Company's Class A Nonvoting Common Stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.

On  September  1,  2021,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  authorized  an  increase  in  the  Company's  share  repurchase 
program, authorizing the repurchase of up to a total of two million shares of the Company's Class A Nonvoting Common Stock, 
inclusive of the shares in the existing share repurchase program. The share repurchase program has no expiration date.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(e) Common Stock Price Performance Graph

The graph below shows a comparison of the cumulative return over the last five fiscal years had $100 been invested at the 
close of business on July 31, 2016, in each of Brady Corporation Class A Common Stock, the Standard & Poor’s ("S&P") 500 
Index, the S&P SmallCap 600 Index, and the Russell 2000 Index.

Brady Corporation

S&P 500 Index

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

Russell 2000 Index

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

$ 

100.00  $ 

105.77  $ 

124.55  $ 

171.59  $ 

155.22  $ 

100.00 

100.00 

100.00 

116.04 

117.66 

118.45 

134.89 

144.86 

140.64 

145.66 

135.08 

134.43 

163.08 

123.36 

128.26 

187.87 

222.51 

193.62 

194.91 

Copyright (C) 2021, Standard & Poor’s, Inc. and Russell Investments. All rights reserved.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Years Ended July 31, 2017 through 2021

Operating data

Net sales

Gross margin

Operating expenses:

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative(1)
Impairment charges(2)

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income (expense):

Investment and other income

Interest expense

Net other income (expense)

Income before income taxes and losses of 
unconsolidated affiliate
Income tax expense(3)
Income before losses of unconsolidated 
affiliate
Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliate(4)
Net income

Net income per Common Share— (Diluted):

Class A nonvoting

Class B voting

Cash Dividends on:

Class A common stock

Class B common stock

Balance Sheet at July 31:

Total assets

Long-term debt, less current maturities

Stockholders’ equity

Cash Flow Data:

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

$ 

1,144,698  $ 

1,081,299  $ 

1,160,645  $ 

1,173,851  $ 

1,113,316 

561,446 

528,565 

578,678 

588,291 

558,292 

44,551 

349,768 

— 

394,319 

167,127 

4,333 

(437) 

3,896 

171,023 

35,610 

40,662 

336,059 

13,821 

390,542 

138,023 

5,079 

(2,166) 

2,913 

140,936 

28,321 

45,168 

371,082 

— 

416,250 

162,428 

5,046 

(2,830) 

2,216 

164,644 

33,386 

45,253 

390,342 

— 

435,595 

152,696 

2,487 

(3,168) 

(681) 

152,015 

60,955 

39,624 

387,653 

— 

427,277 

131,015 

1,121 

(5,504) 

(4,383) 

126,632 

30,987 

135,413  $ 

112,615  $ 

131,258  $ 

91,060  $ 

95,645 

(5,754) 

(246) 

— 

— 

— 

129,659  $ 

112,369  $ 

131,258  $ 

91,060  $ 

95,645 

2.47  $ 

2.46  $ 

0.88  $ 

0.86  $ 

2.11  $ 

2.10  $ 

0.87  $ 

0.85  $ 

2.46  $ 

2.45  $ 

0.85  $ 

0.83  $ 

1.73  $ 

1.72  $ 

0.83  $ 

0.81  $ 

1.84 

1.83 

0.82 

0.80 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,377,756  $ 

1,142,466  $ 

1,157,308  $ 

1,056,931  $ 

1,050,223 

38,000 

963,028 

— 

— 

863,072 

850,774 

52,618 

752,112 

104,536 

700,140 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$ 

205,665  $ 

140,977  $ 

162,211  $ 

143,042  $ 

144,032 

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in financing activities

Depreciation and amortization

Capital expenditures

(268,592) 

(12,324) 

25,483 

(27,189) 

(36,119) 

(163,520) 

23,437 

(27,277) 

(34,463) 

(27,628) 

23,799 

(32,825) 

(2,905) 

(90,680) 

25,442 

(21,777) 

(15,253) 

(136,241) 

27,303 

(15,167) 

(1) During  fiscal  2018,  the  Company  recognized  a  gain  of  $4.7  million  on  the  sale  of  its  Runelandhs  Försäljnings  AB 

business which was recorded as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense.

(2) The Company recognized impairment charges of $13.8 million during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020, primarily 

related to other intangible and long-lived assets of the WPS business. 

(3) Fiscal  2018  was  significantly  impacted  by  the  Tax  Reform  Act  which  resulted  in  total  incremental  tax  expense  of 
$21.1  million,  which  consisted  of  $1.0  million  related  to  the  recording  of  a  deferred  tax  liability  for  future 
withholdings and income taxes on the distribution of foreign income, an income tax charge of $3.3 million related to 
the deemed repatriation of the historical income of foreign subsidiaries, and the impact of the Tax Reform Act on the 
revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities of $16.8 million. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(4) During fiscal 2020 and 2021, the Company invested $6.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in React Mobile, Inc., 
an employee safety software and hardware company based in the United States, which is accounted for as an equity 
method investment. Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliate of $5.8 million in fiscal 2021 included an other-than-
temporary impairment of the investment of $5.0 million, and $0.8 million of losses in the Company's equity interest in 
React Mobile, Inc. Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliate of $0.2 million in fiscal 2020 represented the Company's 
losses in its equity interest in React Mobile, Inc.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We  are  a  global  manufacturer  and  supplier  of  identification  solutions  and  workplace  safety  products  that  identify  and 
protect premises, products and people. The IDS segment is primarily involved in the design, manufacture, and distribution of 
high-performance  and  innovative  identification  and  healthcare  products.  The  WPS  segment  provides  workplace  safety, 
identification  and  compliance  products,  approximately  40%  of  which  are  internally  manufactured  and  approximately  60%  of 
which  are  externally  sourced.  Approximately  50%  of  our  total  sales  are  derived  outside  of  the  United  States.  Foreign  sales 
within the IDS and WPS segments are approximately 40% and 75%, respectively.

The  ability  to  provide  customers  with  a  broad  range  of  proprietary,  customized  and  diverse  products  for  use  in  various 
applications across multiple industries and geographies, along with a commitment to quality and service, have made Brady a 
leader in many of its markets. The long-term sales growth and profitability of our segments will depend not only on improved 
demand in end markets and the overall economic environment, but also on our ability to continuously improve the efficiency of 
our global operations, deliver a high level of customer service, develop and market innovative new products, and to advance our 
digital capabilities. In our IDS business, our strategy for growth includes an increased focus on certain industries and products, 
a  focus  on  improving  the  customer  buying  experience,  and  the  development  of  technologically  advanced,  innovative  and 
proprietary  products.  In  our  WPS  business,  our  strategy  for  growth  includes  a  focus  on  workplace  safety  critical  industries, 
innovative new product offerings, compliance expertise, customization expertise, and improving our digital capabilities.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Our Business

Brady  Corporation  is  deemed  an  essential  business  under  the  majority  of  government  orders.  Our  products  support  first 
responders, healthcare workers, food processing companies, and many other critical industries. For the fiscal year ended July 
31, 2021, our facilities were operating globally with enhanced safety protocols designed to protect the health and safety of our 
employees.

We  have  taken  actions  throughout  our  business  to  reduce  controllable  costs,  including  actions  to  reduce  labor  costs, 
eliminate non-essential travel, and reduce discretionary spend. We believe we have the financial strength to continue to invest 
in organic sales growth opportunities, inorganic sales opportunities, and research and development ("R&D"), while continuing 
to drive sustainable efficiencies and automation in our operations and selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") functions. 
At July 31, 2021, we had cash of $147.3 million, a credit facility with $159.1 million available for future borrowing, which the 
revolving loan agreement can be increased up to $359.1 million at the Company's option and subject to certain conditions for 
total available liquidity of approximately $506 million.

We  believe  that  our  financial  resources  including  the  remaining  undrawn  amount  of  the  credit  facility  and  our  ability  to 
increase  that  credit  line  as  necessary  and  liquidity  levels  are  sufficient  to  manage  the  continuing  impact  of  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, including the spread of variants that could result in additional government actions around the world to contain the 
virus or prevent further spread which may result in reduced sales, reduced net income, and reduced cash provided by operating 
activities. Refer to Risk Factors, included in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 
2021, for further discussion of the possible impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

17

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

A comparison of results of operating income for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Net sales

Gross margin

Operating expenses:

2021

%  
Sales

2020

%  
Sales

2019

%  
Sales

$ 

1,144,698 

$ 

1,081,299 

$ 

1,160,645 

561,446 

 49.0 %  

528,565 

 48.9 %  

578,678 

 49.9 %

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Impairment charges

Total operating expenses

44,551 

 3.9 %  

40,662 

 3.8 %  

45,168 

 3.9 %

349,768 

 30.6 %  

336,059 

 31.1 %  

371,082 

 32.0 %

— 

 — %  

13,821 

 1.3 %  

— 

 — %

394,319 

 34.4 %  

390,542 

 36.1 %  

416,250 

 35.9 %

Operating income

$ 

167,127 

 14.6 % $ 

138,023 

 12.8 % $ 

162,428 

 14.0 %

A  discussion  regarding  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  for  fiscal  2020  compared  to  fiscal  2019  can  be 
found  under  Item  7  in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  July  31,  2020,  filed  with  the  SEC  on 
September  16,  2020,  which  is  available  free  of  charge  on  the  SEC's  website  at  www.sec.gov  and  our  corporate  website  at 
www.bradyid.com/corporate/investors.  References  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  to  “organic  sales”  refer  to  net  sales 
calculated  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  excluding  the  impact  of  foreign  currency  translation  and  acquisitions.  The 
Company’s  organic  sales  disclosures  exclude  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  translation  as  foreign  currency  translation  is 
subject to volatility that can obscure underlying business trends. Management believes that the non-GAAP financial measure of 
organic sales is meaningful to investors as it provides them with useful information to aid in identifying underlying sales trends 
in our businesses and facilitating comparisons of our sales performance with prior periods. All analytical commentary within 
the Results of Operations section regarding the change in sales when compared to prior periods are in reference to organic sales 
unless otherwise noted.

Net sales increased 5.9% to $1,144.7 million in fiscal 2021, compared to $1,081.3 million in fiscal 2020, which consisted 
of organic sales growth of 1.6%, an increase from foreign currency translation of 3.2%, and growth from acquisitions of 1.1%. 
Organic sales grew 3.7% in the IDS segment and declined 3.8% in the WPS segment. 

  The  COVID-19  pandemic  had  a  significant  impact  on  organic  sales  during  the  second  half  of  2020,  with  the  impact 
varying  between  the  IDS  and  WPS  segments.  The  IDS  segment  realized  reduced  demand  across  all  major  product  lines 
beginning in the third quarter which continued throughout the fourth quarter, while the WPS segment realized essentially flat 
organic sales in the third quarter, which improved to 10.8% organic sales growth in the fourth quarter primarily due to increased 
sales  of  personal  protective  equipment  and  other  pandemic-related  products.  In  total,  the  rate  of  decline  in  organic  sales 
decreased through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 and the first half of fiscal 2021 before turning to organic sales growth in the 
second half of fiscal 2021.

Gross margin increased 6.2% to $561.4 million in fiscal 2021, compared to $528.6 million in fiscal 2020. As a percentage 
of  net  sales,  gross  margin  increased  to  49.0%  in  fiscal  2021,  compared  to  48.9%  in  fiscal  2020.  The  slight  increase  in  gross 
margin as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to an increase in sales volumes during the second half of 2021 as our 
businesses continue to recover following the economic slowdown caused by the COVID-19 pandemic in fiscal 2020. This was 
mostly offset by an increase in the cost of materials and freight due to supply chain constraints and the rising cost of labor in 
many geographies.

R&D  expenses  increased  to  $44.6  million  in  fiscal  2021,  compared  to  $40.7  million  in  fiscal  2020.  R&D  expenses  as  a 
percentage  of  net  sales  increased  to  3.9%  in  fiscal  2021,  compared  to  3.8%  in  fiscal  2020.  The  increase  in  R&D  expense  in 
fiscal 2021 compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in incentive-based compensation, which was partially 
offset  by  a  decrease  in  headcount,  improved  efficiency,  and  the  timing  of  expenditures  related  to  ongoing  new  product 
development costs. The Company remains committed to investing in new product development to increase sales within our IDS 
and WPS businesses. Investments in new printers and materials were the primary focus of R&D expenditures in fiscal 2020 and 
fiscal 2021.

SG&A  expenses  include  selling  and  administrative  costs  directly  attributed  to  the  IDS  and  WPS  segments,  as  well  as 
certain  other  corporate  administrative  expenses  including  finance,  information  technology,  human  resources,  and  other 
administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased 4.1% to $349.8 million in fiscal 2021 compared to $336.1 million in fiscal 
2020. SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales decreased to 30.6% in fiscal 2021 from 31.1% in fiscal 2020. The increase in 
SG&A expenses from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021 was primarily due to foreign currency translation and the acquisitions of Code, 

18

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Magicard, and Nordic ID. The decrease in SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales from the prior year was due to ongoing 
efficiency gains and continued efforts to reduce selling, general and administrative costs throughout the organization, including 
reduced headcount and a decrease in discretionary spending.

Impairment charges of $13.8 million were recorded in fiscal 2020 resulting from the global economic slowdown that began 
mid-year due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The impairment charges related to other intangible and long-lived assets primarily in 
the WPS segment.

Operating  income  increased  21.1%  to  $167.1  million  in  fiscal  2021,  compared  to  $138.0  million  in  fiscal  2020.  The 
increase in operating income in fiscal 2021 compared to the prior year was primarily due to the increase in segment profit in the 
IDS segment and the impairment charge recognized during fiscal 2020.

OPERATING INCOME TO NET INCOME

(Dollars in thousands)

Operating income

Other income (expense):

2021

%  Sales

2020

%  Sales

2019

%  Sales

$  167,127 

 14.6 % $  138,023 

 12.8 % $  162,428 

 14.0 %

         Investment and other income

4,333 

 0.4 %  

5,079 

 0.5 %  

5,046 

 0.4 %

         Interest expense

(437) 

 — %  

(2,166) 

 (0.2) %  

(2,830) 

 (0.2) %

Income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated 
affiliate

171,023 

 14.9 %  

140,936 

 13.0 %  

164,644 

 14.2 %

Income tax expense

35,610 

 3.1 %  

28,321 

 2.6 %  

33,386 

 2.9 %

Income before losses of unconsolidated affiliate

135,413 

 11.8 %  

112,615 

 10.4 %  

131,258 

 11.3 %

Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliate

(5,754) 

 (0.5) %  

(246) 

 — %  

— 

 — %

Net income

$  129,659 

 11.3 % $  112,369 

 10.4 % $  131,258 

 11.3 %

Investment  and  other  income  was  $4.3  million  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  $5.1  million  in  fiscal  2020.  Reduced  interest 
income in fiscal 2021 was partially offset by an increase in the market value of securities held in deferred compensation plans 
compared to fiscal 2020.

Interest expense decreased to $0.4 million in fiscal 2021 compared to $2.2 million in fiscal 2020. The decrease in interest 
expense was due to the repayment of the Company's remaining principal balance under its private placement debt agreement 
during the quarter ended July 31, 2020.

The Company's income tax rate was 20.8% in fiscal 2021. Refer to Note 11, "Income Taxes" for additional information on 

the Company's income tax rates.

Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliate represented the Company's 23% equity interest in React Mobile, Inc. ("React 
Mobile"), an employee safety software and hardware company based in the United States. During fiscal 2021, React Mobile's 
financial position deteriorated due to a decline in the hospitality industry from the COVID-19 pandemic, which represents its 
entire  customer  base,  and  increased  competitive  pressures  from  new  entrants  in  the  marketplace.  As  a  result,  management 
performed an analysis to determine whether the loss in value of the investment was other than temporary and recognized an 
other-than-temporary  impairment  charge  of  $5.0  million.  The  Company's  equity  interest  in  React  Mobile's  losses  was  $0.8 
million in fiscal 2021 and $0.2 million in fiscal 2020.

Business Segment Operating Results

The Company evaluates short-term segment performance based on segment profit and customer sales. Impairment charges, 
interest  expense,  investment  and  other  income,  income  tax  expense,  equity  in  losses  of  unconsolidated  affiliate,  and  certain 
corporate administrative expenses are excluded when evaluating segment performance.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Following is a summary of segment information for the fiscal years ended July 31:

SALES GROWTH INFORMATION

2021

2020

2019

ID Solutions

Organic

Currency

Acquisitions

Total

Workplace Safety

Organic

Currency

Divestitures

Total

Total Company

Organic

Currency

Acquisitions

Divestitures

Total

SEGMENT PROFIT AS A PERCENT OF NET SALES

ID Solutions

Workplace Safety

Total

ID Solutions

 3.7 %

 2.0 %

 1.5 %

 7.2 %

 (3.8) %

 6.0 %

 — %

 2.2 %

 1.6 %

 3.2 %

 1.1 %

 — %

 5.9 %

 20.1 %

 7.5 %

 16.8 %

 (8.0) %

 (1.1) %

 — %

 (9.1) %

 2.3 %

 (2.6) %

 — %

 (0.3) %

 (5.4) %

 (1.4) %

 — %

 — %

 (6.8) %

 19.2 %

 7.1 %

 15.9 %

 4.1 %

 (2.1) %

 — %

 2.0 %

 (0.7) %

 (3.7) %

 (4.8) %

 (9.2) %

 2.8 %

 (2.6) %

 — %

 (1.3) %

 (1.1) %

 19.1 %

 7.7 %

 16.2 %

IDS net sales increased 7.2% to $841.5 million in fiscal  2021, compared to $784.7 million in fiscal  2020. The net sales 
increase  consisted  of  organic  sales  growth  of  3.7%,  an  increase  from  foreign  currency  translation  of  2.0%  and  growth  from 
acquisitions of 1.5%. Organic sales declined 7.6% during the first half of fiscal 2021 and grew 16.7% during the second half of 
fiscal 2021 as the business continued its recovery from the economic slowdown caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The fourth 
quarter acquisitions of Code, Magicard and Nordic ID combined to add 1.5% growth to total sales in fiscal 2021.

Organic sales in the Americas region increased in the low-single digits, organic sales in Europe increase in the mid-single 
digits and organic sales in Asia increased in the high-single digits in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Organic sales grew in 
all major product lines and in all geographies as our businesses continue to recover following the economic slowdown caused 
by the COVID-19 pandemic in fiscal 2020.

Segment profit increased to $169.2 million in fiscal 2021 from $150.6 million in fiscal 2020, an increase of $18.6 million 
or 12.3%. As a percent of net sales, segment profit increased to 20.1% in fiscal 2021 compared to 19.2% in fiscal 2020. The 
increase in segment profit as a percentage of sales was due to the increase in sales volumes, cost actions taken in the prior year 
in  response  to  the  decline  in  revenue  from  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  efficiency  gains  throughout  SG&A 
during fiscal 2021, which was partially offset by certain acquisition-related costs and purchase accounting adjustments related 
to the three companies acquired in the fourth quarter.

Workplace Safety

WPS sales increased 2.2% to $303.2 million in fiscal 2021, compared to $296.6 million in fiscal 2020. The increase in net 
sales consisted of an organic sales decline of 3.8% and an increase from foreign currency translation of 6.0%. The economic 
effect of the COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on organic sales trends during both fiscal 2020 and 2021. There was 
a significant increase in demand for personal protective equipment and other social distancing signage and floor markings due 
to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  during  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2020  and  the  first  half  of  fiscal  2021,  and  the  WPS  business 
increased organic sales substantially during this period of time. The demand for pandemic-related products started to decline 
during  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2021,  which  resulted  in  a  decline  in  organic  sales  of  3.8%  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  fiscal 
2020.  Sales  of  core  safety  and  identification  products  continued  to  recover  from  the  decline  realized  during  the  peak  of  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, but the increased demand for these products did not fully replace the decline in demand for pandemic-

20

Table of Contents

related products. The organic sales decline consisted of a low-single digit decline in digital sales and a mid-single digit decline 
in catalog channel sales in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. 

 Organic sales in Europe decreased slightly, organic sales in North America decreased in the high-single digits and organic 

sales in Australia decreased in the mid-single digits in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. The trend noted above was 
applicable to each region within the WPS business with strong organic sales during the second half of fiscal 2020 and the first 
half of fiscal 2021 followed by a decline in demand for pandemic-related products resulting in a decline in organic sales in 
fiscal 2021. Organic digital sales decreased in the low-single digits in Europe and North America and decreased in the high-
single digits in Australia. Organic catalog channel sales decreased slightly in Europe, decreased in the high-single digits in 
North America and decreased in the mid-single digits in Australia in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020.

Segment  profit  increased  to  $22.8  million  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  $21.0  million  in  fiscal  2020,  an  increase  of  $1.7 
million or 8.3%. As a percentage of net sales, segment profit increased to 7.5% in fiscal 2021 compared to 7.1% in fiscal 2020. 
The increase in segment profit was primarily due to reduced catalog advertising spending and foreign currency translation.

Liquidity & Capital Resources

The  Company's  cash  balances  are  generated  and  held  in  numerous  locations  throughout  the  world.  At  July  31,  2021, 
approximately 95% of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held outside the United States. The Company's organic 
and inorganic growth has historically been funded by a combination of cash provided by operating activities and debt financing. 
The  Company  believes  that  its  cash  flow  from  operating  activities  and  its  borrowing  capacity  are  sufficient  to  fund  its 
anticipated  requirements  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  research  and  development,  and  dividend  payments  for  the 
next  12  months.  Although  the  Company  believes  these  sources  of  cash  are  currently  sufficient  to  fund  domestic  operations, 
annual cash needs could require repatriation of cash to the U.S. from foreign jurisdictions, which may result in additional tax 
payments.

Cash Flows

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  were  $147.3  million  at  July  31,  2021,  a  reduction  of  $70.3  million  from  July  31,  2020.  The 

following summarizes the cash flow statement for the fiscal years ended July 31:

(Dollars in thousands)

Net cash flow provided by (used in):

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

2021

2020

2019

$  205,665  $  140,977  $  162,211 

(268,592) 

(36,119) 

(12,324) 

(163,520) 

4,943 

(2,767) 

(34,463) 

(27,628) 

(2,475) 

$ 

(70,308)  $ 

(61,429)  $ 

97,645 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $205.7 million during fiscal 2021, compared to $141.0 million in fiscal 2020. 
The increase was primarily due to a reduction in the annual cash incentive-based compensation paid in fiscal 2021 compared to 
fiscal  2020,  reduced  inventory  levels  following  a  period  of  increased  inventory  levels  to  reduce  the  risk  of  supply  chain 
disruption resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and the timing of accounts payable. These increases were partially offset by 
a decrease in cash provided by accounts receivable due to increased sales compared to the prior year. 

Net cash used in investing activities was $268.6 million during fiscal 2021, compared to $36.1 million in the prior year. 
The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the acquisitions of Code, Magicard and Nordic ID which 
were closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.

Net cash used in financing activities was $12.3 million during fiscal 2021, which primarily consisted of dividend payments 
of $45.7 million, which was partially offset by $38.0 million of net borrowing on the credit facility to finance a portion of the 
purchase price of Code in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. Net cash used in financing activities of $163.5 million during fiscal 
2020 primarily consisted of share repurchases of $64.5 million, principal payments on private placement debt of $48.7 million 
and dividend payments of $45.8 million.

Credit Facilities

On  August  1,  2019,  the  Company  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  entered  into  an  unsecured  $200  million  multi-currency 
revolving  loan  agreement  with  a  group  of  five  banks.  Under  this  revolving  loan  agreement,  the  Company  has  the  option  to 
select either a Eurocurrency rate loan that bears interest at the London Inter-bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin based 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

on the Company's consolidated net leverage ratio or a base interest rate (based upon the higher of the federal funds rate plus 
0.5%,  the  prime  rate  of  the  Bank  of  Montreal  plus  a  margin  based  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  leverage  ratio,  or  the 
Eurocurrency base rate at the LIBOR rate plus a margin based on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio plus 1%). At 
the  Company's  option,  and  subject  to  certain  conditions,  the  available  amount  under  the  revolving  loan  agreement  may  be 
increased from $200 million to $400 million. 

In June 2021, the Company drew down $75.0 million from its revolving loan agreement to fund a portion of the purchase 
price  of  Code.  The  borrowings  bear  interest  at  0.84%.  Prior  to  July  31,  2021,  the  Company  repaid  $37.0  million  of  the 
borrowing  with  cash  on  hand.  During  fiscal  2021,  the  maximum  amount  outstanding  on  the  Company's  revolving  loan 
agreement  was  $75.0  million.  As  of  July  31,  2021,  the  outstanding  balance  on  the  credit  facility  was  $38.0  million.  The 
Company had letters of credit outstanding under the loan agreement of $2.9 million as of July 31, 2021 and there was $159.1 
million  available  for  future  borrowing,  which  can  be  increased  to  $359.1  million  at  the  Company's  option,  subject  to  certain 
conditions. The revolving loan agreement has a final maturity date of August 1, 2024. As such, borrowings were classified as 
long-term on the consolidated balance sheets.

Covenant Compliance

The Company’s revolving loan agreement requires it to maintain certain financial covenants, including a ratio of debt to the 
trailing twelve months EBITDA, as defined in the agreement, of not more than a 3.5 to 1.0 ratio (leverage ratio) and the trailing 
twelve months EBITDA to interest expense of not less than a 3.0 to 1.0 ratio (interest expense coverage ratio). As of July 31, 
2021, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants, with a ratio of debt to EBITDA, as defined by the 
agreements, equal to 0.2 to 1.0 and the interest expense coverage ratio equal to 480.6 to 1.0.

Subsequent Events Affecting Financial Condition

Refer  to  Item  8,  Note  17,  "Subsequent  Events"  for  information  regarding  the  Company's  subsequent  events  affecting 

financial condition.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The  Company  does  not  have  material  off-balance  sheet  arrangements.  The  Company  is  not  aware  of  factors  that  are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect liquidity trends, other than the risk factors described in this and other Company filings. 
However, the following additional information is provided to assist those reviewing the Company’s financial statements.

Purchase Commitments — The Company has purchase commitments for materials, supplies, services, and property, plant 
and equipment as part of the ordinary conduct of its business. In the aggregate, such commitments are not in excess of current 
market  prices  and  are  not  material  to  the  financial  position  of  the  Company.  Due  to  the  proprietary  nature  of  many  of  the 
Company’s  materials  and  processes,  certain  supply  contracts  contain  penalty  provisions  for  early  termination.  The  Company 
does  not  believe  a  material  amount  of  penalties  will  be  incurred  under  these  contracts  based  upon  historical  experience  and 
current expectations.

Other  Contractual  Obligations  —  The  Company  does  not  have  material  financial  guarantees  or  other  contractual 

commitments that are reasonably likely to adversely affect liquidity.

Payments Due Under Contractual Obligations

The  Company’s  future  commitments  at  July  31,  2021,  for  operating  lease  obligations,  purchase  obligations,  and  tax 

obligations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Contractual Obligations
Long-term debt

Operating Lease Obligations
Purchase Obligations(1)
Tax Obligations

Total

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than 1 
Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More than 5 
Years

Uncertain 
Timeframe

$ 

38,000  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

38,000  $ 

—  $ 

48,173 

100,173 

21,912 

18,865 

98,827 

— 

23,731 

1,322 

— 

5,352 

5 

— 

225 

19 

— 

$ 

208,258  $ 

117,692  $ 

25,053  $ 

43,357  $ 

244  $ 

— 

— 

— 

21,912 

21,912 

(1) Purchase obligations include all open purchase orders as of July 31, 2021.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Inflation and Changing Prices

Essentially  all  of  the  Company’s  revenue  is  derived  from  the  sale  of  its  products  and  services  in  competitive  markets. 
Because prices are influenced by market conditions, it is not always possible to fully recover cost increases through pricing. 
Changes in product mix from year to year, timing differences in instituting price changes, and the large amount of part numbers 
make it impracticable to accurately define the impact of inflation on profit margins.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon the 
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States.  The  preparation  of  these  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and 
judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses,  and  related  disclosure  of  contingent 
assets  and  liabilities.  The  Company  bases  these  estimates  and  judgments  on  historical  experience  and  on  various  other 
assumptions  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  and 
judgments.

The Company believes the following accounting estimates are most critical to an understanding of its financial statements. 
Estimates are considered to be critical if they meet both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about 
material matters that are uncertain at the time the accounting estimates are made, and (2) material changes in the estimates are 
reasonably likely from period to period. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting estimates, 
refer to Note 1 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

The Company operates in numerous taxing jurisdictions and is subject to regular examinations by U.S. federal, state and 
non-U.S.  taxing  authorities.  Its  income  tax  positions  are  based  on  research  and  interpretations  of  the  income  tax  laws  and 
rulings  in  each  of  the  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  does  business.  Due  to  the  ambiguity  of  laws  and  rulings  in  each 
jurisdiction, the differences and interplay in tax laws between those jurisdictions, the uncertainty of how underlying facts may 
be  construed  and  the  inherent  uncertainty  in  estimating  the  final  resolution  of  complex  tax  audit  matters,  the  Company's 
estimates of income tax liabilities may differ from actual payments or assessments.

While  the  Company  has  support  for  the  positions  it  takes  on  tax  returns,  taxing  authorities  may  assert  different 
interpretations of laws and facts and may challenge cross-jurisdictional transactions. The Company generally re-evaluates the 
technical merits of its tax positions and recognizes an uncertain tax benefit when (i) there is completion of a tax audit; (ii) there 
is a change in applicable tax laws including a tax case ruling or legislative guidance; or (iii) there is an expiration of the statute 
of limitations. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, was $21.9 million and $13.6 million 
as of July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. If recognized, $18.7 million and $10.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of 
July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, would reduce the Company's income tax rate. Accrued interest and penalties related to 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  were  $4.4  million  and  $2.0  million  as  of  July  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  Company 
recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits could be reduced by 
up to $3.3 million in the next 12 months as a result of the resolution of worldwide tax matters, tax audit settlements, amended 
tax filings, and/or statute expirations, which would be the maximum amount that would be recognized as an income tax benefit 
in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of 
assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible  amounts  in  the  future,  based  on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates 
applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the  differences  are  expected  to  affect  taxable  income.  The  Company  establishes  valuation 
allowances for its deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. 
This  requires  management  to  make  judgments  regarding:  (i)  the  timing  and  amount  of  the  reversal  of  taxable  temporary 
differences, (ii) expected future taxable income or loss, and (iii) the impact of tax planning strategies. The Company recognized 
valuation allowances for its deferred tax assets of $51.1 million and $58.8 million as of July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, 
which  were  primarily  related  to  foreign  tax  credit  carryforwards  and  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  in  its  various  tax 
jurisdictions.

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

The allocation of purchase price for business combinations requires management estimates and judgment as to expectations 
for  future  cash  flows  of  the  acquired  business  and  the  allocation  of  those  cash  flows  to  identifiable  intangible  assets  in 
determining  the  estimated  fair  value.  If  the  actual  results  differ  from  these  estimates,  it  could  result  in  an  impairment  of 

23

Table of Contents

intangible assets and goodwill or require acceleration of the amortization expense of finite-lived intangible assets. In addition, 
accounting  guidance  requires  that  goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  be  tested  at  least  annually  for 
impairment.  If  circumstances  or  events  prior  to  the  date  of  the  required  annual  assessment  indicate  that,  in  management's 
judgment, it is more likely than not that there has been a reduction of fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, the 
Company performs an impairment analysis at the time of such circumstance or event. Changes in management's estimates or 
judgments could result in an impairment charge, and such a charge could have an adverse effect on the Company's financial 
condition and results of operations.

The  Company  has  identified  six  reporting  units  within  its  two  reportable  segments,  IDS  and  WPS,  with  the  following 
goodwill balances as of July 31, 2021: IDS Americas & Europe, $443.1 million; PDC, $136.8 million; and WPS Europe, $35.2 
million. The IDS APAC, WPS Americas, and WPS APAC reporting units each have a goodwill balance of zero. The Company 
believes that the discounted cash flow model and the market approach provide a reasonable and meaningful fair value estimate 
based  upon  the  reporting  units'  projections  of  future  operating  results  and  cash  flows  and  replicates  how  market  participants 
would  value  the  Company's  reporting  units.  The  projections  of  future  operating  results,  which  are  based  on  both  past 
performance and the projections and assumptions used in the Company's current and long-range operating plans, are subject to 
change  as  a  result  of  changing  economic  and  competitive  conditions.  Significant  estimates  used  by  management  in  the 
discounted  cash  flows  methodology  include  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  expected  growth  rates,  price  increases, 
fluctuations in gross profit margins and SG&A expense as a percentage of sales, capital expenditures, working capital levels, 
income tax rates, and a weighted-average cost of capital reflecting the specific risk profile of the reporting unit being tested. 
Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to the Company's business, loss of significant customers, inability 
to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets or in entity 
structure, and divestitures may adversely impact the assumptions used in the valuations.

 The Company completes its annual goodwill impairment analysis on May 1 of each fiscal year and evaluates its reporting 
units for potential triggering events on a quarterly basis in accordance with ASC 350, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other." In 
addition to the metrics listed above, the Company considers multiple internal and external factors when evaluating its reporting 
units for potential impairment, including (i) U.S. GDP growth, (ii) industry and market factors such as competition and changes 
in  the  market  for  the  reporting  unit's  products,  (iii)  new  product  development,  (iv)  hospital  admission  rates,  (v)  competing 
technologies,  (vi)  overall  financial  performance  such  as  cash  flows,  actual  and  planned  revenue  and  profitability,  and  (vii) 
changes in the strategy of the reporting unit. In the event the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the 
Company would recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the 
fair value. If necessary, the Company may consult valuation specialists to assist with the assessment of the estimated fair value 
of the reporting unit.

The Company considers a reporting unit’s fair value to be substantially in excess of its carrying value at 20% or greater. 
The annual impairment testing performed on May 1, 2021, in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other” 
indicated that each of the reporting units had a fair value substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  policy  outlined  above  using  the  income 
approach.  Fair  value  is  estimated  using  the  income  approach  based  upon  current  sales  projections  applying  the  relief  from 
royalty  method.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  exceeds  its  fair  value,  an  impairment  loss  is 
recognized  in  an  amount  equal  to  that  excess.  As  a  result  of  the  analysis  performed  on  May  1,  2021,  all  indefinite-lived 
tradenames had fair value in excess of carrying value.

New Accounting Standards

The information required by this Item is provided in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in 

Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

24

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company’s business operations give rise to market risk exposure due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To manage 
that risk effectively, the Company enters into hedging transactions according to established guidelines and policies that enable it 
to mitigate the adverse effects of this financial market risk.

The global nature of the Company’s business requires active participation in the foreign exchange markets. The Company 
has manufacturing facilities and sells and distributes its products throughout the world and therefore has assets, liabilities and 
cash flows in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, the Company’s financial results could be significantly affected 
by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which the 
Company manufactures, distributes and sells its products. The Company’s operating results are principally exposed to changes 
in  exchange  rates  between  the  U.S.  dollar  and  the  Euro,  the  British  Pound,  the  Mexican  Peso,  the  Canadian  dollar,  the 
Australian dollar, the Singapore dollar, the Malaysian Ringgit, and the Chinese Yuan. 

The  objective  of  the  Company’s  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  management  is  to  minimize  the  impact  of  currency 
movements  on  non-functional  currency  transactions.  To  achieve  this  objective,  the  Company  hedges  a  portion  of  known 
exposures using forward contracts. As of July 31, 2021, the notional amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts 
designated as cash flow hedges was $30.7 million. The Company's multi-currency revolving credit facility allows it to borrow 
up to $200 million in currencies other than U.S. dollars. The Company has periodically borrowed funds in Euros and British 
Pounds  under  its  revolving  credit  facility.  Debt  issued  in  currencies  other  than  U.S.  dollars  acts  as  a  natural  hedge  to  the 
Company's exposure to the associated currency.

The  Company  also  faces  exchange  rate  risk  from  transactions  with  customers  in  countries  outside  the  United  States  and 
from intercompany transactions between affiliates. Although the Company has a U.S. dollar functional currency for reporting 
purposes,  it  has  manufacturing  sites  throughout  the  world  and  a  significant  portion  of  its  sales  are  generated  in  foreign 
currencies.  Costs  incurred  and  sales  recorded  by  subsidiaries  operating  outside  of  the  United  States  are  translated  into  U.S. 
dollars using exchange rates in effect during the respective period. As a result, the Company is exposed to movements in the 
exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar. In particular, the Company has more sales in European currencies 
than  it  has  expenses  in  those  currencies.  Therefore,  when  European  currencies  strengthen  or  weaken  against  the  U.S.  dollar, 
operating  profits  are  increased  or  decreased,  respectively.  Currency  exchange  rates  increased  fiscal  2021  net  sales  by  3.2% 
compared to fiscal 2020 as the U.S. dollar depreciated, on average, against other major currencies throughout the year.

Changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  for  the  Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries  reporting  in  local  currencies  are 
generally  reported  as  a  component  of  stockholders’  equity.  The  Company’s  currency  translation  adjustments  recorded  in  the 
fiscal  years  ended  July  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  as  a  separate  component  of  stockholders’  equity,  was  favorable  by  $10.3 
million,  favorable  by  $6.6  million,  and  unfavorable  by  $13.2  million,  respectively.  As  of  July  31,  2021  and  2020,  the 
Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries  had  net  current  assets  (defined  as  current  assets  less  current  liabilities)  subject  to  foreign 
currency translation risk of $184.5 million and $210.6 million, respectively. The potential decrease in net current assets as of 
July  31,  2021,  from  a  hypothetical  10  percent  adverse  change  in  quoted  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  would  be 
approximately  $18.5  million.  This  sensitivity  analysis  assumes  a  parallel  shift  in  all  major  foreign  currency  exchange  rates 
versus the U.S. dollar. Exchange rates rarely move in the same direction relative to the U.S. dollar due to positive and negative 
correlations  of  the  various  global  currencies.  This  assumption  may  overstate  the  impact  of  changing  exchange  rates  on 
individual assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency.

The  Company  could  be  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  through  its  corporate  borrowing  activities.  The  objective  of  the 
Company’s interest rate risk management activities is to manage the levels of the Company’s fixed and floating interest rate 
exposure to be consistent with the Company’s preferred mix. The interest rate risk management program allows the Company 
to  enter  into  approved  interest  rate  derivatives  if  there  is  a  desire  to  modify  the  Company’s  exposure  to  interest  rates.  As  of 
July 31, 2021, the Company had no interest rate derivatives and no fixed rate debt outstanding.

25

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

BRADY CORPORATION & SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets — July 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Income — Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income — Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019

Page

27

29
30
31
32
33
34

26

 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Brady Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Brady Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of 
July 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash 
flows, for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2021, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at 
Item  15  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  "financial  statements").  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all 
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of July 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
and  our  report  dated  September  2,  2021,  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting.

Adoption of a New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 
the year ended July 31, 2020, due to the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Update 
No.  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  ASC  842)  using  the  optional  transition  method  allowing  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment  to  the 
opening balance of retained earnings during the period of adoption.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial 
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that 
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that 
are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The 
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and 
we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the 
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Taxes — Valuation Allowances — Refer to Note 11 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary 
differences  and  carryforwards.    Valuation  allowances  are  established  when  necessary  to  reduce  deferred  tax  assets  to  the 
amounts expected to be realized in the future. Future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient 
taxable income within the carryback or carryforward period of the appropriate character under the relevant tax law.  Sources of 
taxable income include future reversals of deferred tax assets and liabilities, future taxable income (exclusive of the reversals of 

27

Table of Contents

deferred tax assets and liabilities), taxable income in prior carryback year(s) if permitted under the tax law, and tax planning 
strategies. The Company’s valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was $51.1 million as of July 31, 2021.

The Company’s determination of the valuation allowance involves estimates. Management’s primary estimate in determining 
whether  a  valuation  allowance  should  be  established  is  the  projection  of  future  sources  of  taxable  income.  Auditing 
management’s estimate of future sources of taxable income, which affects the recorded valuation allowances, required a high 
degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our income tax specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to estimated future sources of taxable income included the following, among others: 

• We tested the effectiveness of management’s controls over the estimates of future sources of taxable income.
• With  the  assistance  of  our  income  tax  specialists,  we  considered  relevant  tax  laws  and  regulations  in  evaluating  the 

appropriateness of management’s estimates of future sources of taxable income.

• We  evaluated  management’s  ability  to  accurately  estimate  future  sources  of  taxable  income  by  comparing  actual 
results to management’s historical estimates.  Further, we evaluated the reasonableness of management’s estimates of 
future  sources  of  taxable  income  by  comparing  the  estimates  to  historical  sources  of  taxable  income  or  losses  and 
minutes of the Board of Directors.

• With the assistance of our income tax specialists, we evaluated whether the estimated future sources of taxable income 

were of the appropriate character to utilize the deferred tax assets under tax law.

• We evaluated management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income will be generated 

in the future to utilize the net deferred tax assets.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
September 2, 2021

We have served as the Company's auditor at least since 1981; however, an earlier year cannot be reliably determined.

28

Table of Contents

BRADY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
July 31, 2021 and 2020
(Dollars in thousands)

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

ASSETS

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $7,306 and $7,157, respectively

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment—net

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Deferred income taxes

Operating lease assets

Other assets

Total

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Accrued compensation and benefits

Taxes, other than income taxes

Accrued income taxes

Current operating lease liabilities

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Long-term operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Stockholders’ equity:

Class A nonvoting common stock — Issued 51,261,487 shares, and outstanding 48,528,245 and 
48,456,954 shares, respectively (aggregate liquidation preference of $42,716) 

Class B voting common stock — Issued and outstanding 3,538,628 shares

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Treasury stock — 2,733,242 and 2,804,533 shares, respectively, of Class A nonvoting common stock, at 
cost

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

29

2021

2020

$ 

147,335  $ 

170,579 

136,107 

11,083 

465,104 

121,741 

614,137 

92,334 

16,343 

41,880 

26,217 

217,643 

146,181 

135,662 

9,962 

509,448 

115,068 

416,034 

22,334 

8,845 

41,899 

28,838 

$ 

1,377,756  $ 

1,142,466 

$ 

82,152  $ 

81,173 

13,054 

3,915 

17,667 

59,623 

257,584 

38,000 

28,347 

90,797 

414,728 

513 

35 

339,125 

788,369 

(109,061) 

(55,953) 

963,028 

62,547 

41,546 

8,057 

8,652 

15,304 

49,782 

185,888 

— 

31,982 

61,524 

279,394 

513 

35 

331,761 

704,456 

(107,216) 

(66,477) 

863,072 

$ 

1,377,756  $ 

1,142,466 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021

2020

2019

$ 

1,144,698  $ 

1,081,299  $ 

1,160,645 

583,252 

561,446 

44,551 

349,768 

— 

394,319 

167,127 

4,333 

(437) 

171,023 

35,610 

135,413 

(5,754) 

552,734 

528,565 

40,662 

336,059 

13,821 

390,542 

138,023 

5,079 

(2,166) 

140,936 

28,321 

112,615 

(246) 

581,967 

578,678 

45,168 

371,082 

— 

416,250 

162,428 

5,046 

(2,830) 

164,644 

33,386 

131,258 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

129,659  $ 

112,369  $ 

131,258 

2.49  $ 

2.47  $ 

0.88  $ 

2.48  $ 

2.46  $ 

0.86  $ 

2.13  $ 

2.11  $ 

0.87  $ 

2.11  $ 

2.10  $ 

0.85  $ 

2.50 

2.46 

0.85 

2.48 

2.45 

0.83 

52,039 

52,409 

52,763 

53,231 

52,596 

53,323 

BRADY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Table of Contents

Net sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross margin

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Selling, general and administrative

Impairment charges

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income (expense):

Investment and other income

Interest expense

Income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate

Income tax expense

Income before losses of unconsolidated affiliate

Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliate

Net income

Net income per Class A Nonvoting Common Share:

Basic

Diluted

Dividends

Net income per Class B Voting Common Share:

Basic

Diluted

Dividends

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

BRADY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
(Dollars in thousands)

Net income

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Cash flow hedges:

Net gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income

Pension and other post-retirement benefits:

Net loss recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

Net actuarial gain amortization

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

Income tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Comprehensive income

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2021

2020

2019

$ 

129,659  $ 

112,369  $ 

131,258 

10,266 

6,640 

(13,223) 

1,451 

(399) 

1,052 

— 

(388) 

(388) 

10,930 

(406) 

10,524 

(576) 

(614) 

(1,190) 

(468) 

(380) 

(848) 

4,602 

175 

4,777 

837 

(1,048) 

(211) 

(97) 

(569) 

(666) 

(14,100) 

(753) 

(14,853) 

$ 

140,183  $ 

117,146  $ 

116,405 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

BRADY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

Balances at July 31, 2018

Net income

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

Issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock 
under stock plan

Tax benefit and withholdings from deferred 
compensation distribution

Stock-based compensation expense (Note 7)

Repurchase of shares of Class A Common Stock

Adoption of ASU 2014-09 "Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers" (Note 9)

Cash dividends on Common Stock:

Class A — $0.85 per share

Class B — $0.83 per share

Balances at July 31, 2019

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock 
under stock plan

Tax benefit and withholdings from deferred 
compensation distribution

Stock-based compensation expense (Note 7)

Repurchase of shares of Class A Common Stock

Cash dividends on Common Stock:

Class A — $0.87 per share

Class B — $0.85 per share

Balances at July 31, 2020

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock 
under stock plan

Tax benefit and withholdings from deferred 
compensation distributions

Stock-based compensation expense (Note 7)

Repurchase of shares of Class A Common Stock

Cash dividends on Common Stock:

Class A — $0.88 per share

Class B — $0.86 per share

Balances at July 31, 2021

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Common Stock

Additional 
Paid-In Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Treasury Stock

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss

$ 

548  $ 

325,631  $ 

553,454  $ 

(71,120)  $ 

(56,401) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(7,963) 

209 

12,092 

— 

— 

— 

— 

131,258 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(2,137) 

(41,784) 

(2,948) 

— 

— 

27,970 

— 

— 

(3,182) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(14,853) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

548  $ 

329,969  $ 

637,843  $ 

(46,332)  $ 

(71,254) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(7,184) 

134 

8,843 

— 

— 

— 

112,369 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(42,736) 

(3,020) 

— 

— 

3,630 

— 

— 

(64,514) 

— 

— 

— 

4,777 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

548  $ 

331,762  $ 

704,456  $ 

(107,216)  $ 

(66,477) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(2,767) 

32 

10,098 

— 

— 

— 

129,659 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(42,690) 

(3,056) 

— 

— 

1,748 

— 

— 

(3,593) 

— 

— 

— 

10,524 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

548  $ 

339,125  $ 

788,369  $ 

(109,061)  $ 

(55,953) 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

BRADY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
(Dollars in thousands)

Operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Stock-based compensation expense

Deferred income taxes

Impairment charges

Equity in losses of unconsolidated affiliate

Other

Changes in operating assets and liabilities (net of effects of business acquisitions):

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Income taxes

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities:

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

Other

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities:

Payment of dividends

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Payments for employee taxes withheld from stock-based awards

Purchase of treasury stock

Proceeds from borrowing on credit facilities

Repayment of borrowing on credit facilities

Principal payments on debt

Other

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest

Income taxes

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

33

2021

2020

2019

$ 

129,659  $ 

112,369  $ 

131,258 

25,483 

10,098 

(8,965) 

— 

5,754 

(831) 

(12,614) 

7,298 

(4,498) 

58,283 

(4,002) 

205,665 

(27,189) 

(243,983) 

2,580 

(268,592) 

23,437 

8,843 

(764) 

13,821 

246 

2,611 

13,902 

(13,917) 

4,477 

23,799 

12,092 

7,825 

— 

— 

2,347 

3,496 

(9,922) 

368 

(26,128) 

(11,903) 

2,080 

140,977 

2,851 

162,211 

(27,277) 

(32,825) 

— 

(8,842) 

(36,119) 

— 

(1,638) 

(34,463) 

(45,746) 

(45,756) 

(44,732) 

1,765 

(2,783) 

(3,593) 

101,957 

(63,957) 

— 

33 

5,511 

(9,065) 

(64,514) 

20,697 

(21,855) 

(48,672) 

134 

(12,324) 

(163,520) 

4,943 

(70,308) 

217,643 

(2,767) 

(61,429) 

279,072 

25,658 

(5,651) 

(3,182) 

13,637 

(13,568) 

— 

210 

(27,628) 

(2,475) 

97,645 

181,427 

$ 

147,335  $ 

217,643  $ 

279,072 

$ 

373  $ 

2,401  $ 

46,852 

29,600 

2,651 

24,335 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

BRADY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years Ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations — Brady Corporation is a global manufacturer and supplier of identification solutions and workplace 
safety products that identify and protect premises, products and people. The ability to provide customers with a broad range of 
proprietary, customized, and diverse products for use in various applications, along with a commitment to quality and service, a 
global footprint, and multiple sales channels, have made Brady a world leader in many of its markets.

Principles  of  Consolidation  —  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Brady 
Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated subsidiaries 
have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use  of  Estimates  —  The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  the  date  of  the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.

Acquisitions  —  The  Company  recognizes  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  contractual  contingencies  and  contingent 
consideration  at  their  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date.  The  operating  results  of  the  acquired  companies  are  included  in  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred 
and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the measurement period are recorded 
in Provision for Income Taxes.

Cash  Equivalents  —  The  Company  considers  all  highly-liquid  investments  purchased  with  original  maturities  of  three 

months or less to be cash equivalents.

Concentration of Credit Risk — The Company places temporary cash investments with global financial institutions of high 
credit quality. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of its financial institutions and limits 
the  amount  of  credit  exposure  with  any  one  financial  institution.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  a  broad  customer  base 
representing  many  diverse  industries  throughout  the  globe.  Consequently,  no  significant  concentration  of  credit  risk  is 
considered to exist.

Accounts  Receivables  —  The  Company's  policy  for  estimating  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  on  accounts  receivables 
considers  several  factors  including  historical  loss  experience,  the  age  of  delinquent  receivable  balances  due,  and  economic 
conditions.  Specific  customer  reserves  are  made  during  review  of  significant  outstanding  balances  due,  in  which  customer 
creditworthiness and current economic trends may indicate that it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. Accounts 
receivables  are  written  off  after  collection  efforts  occur  and  the  receivable  is  deemed  uncollectible.  Adjustments  to  the 
allowance for credit losses are recorded in SG&A expense. 

Equity  Method  Investment  —  The  equity  method  of  accounting  is  applied  to  investments  in  which  the  Company  has  an 
ownership interest of between 20% and 50%. The Company evaluates its equity method investments each reporting period for 
evidence  of  a  loss  in  value  that  is  other  than  a  temporary  decline.  Evidence  of  a  loss  in  value  might  include,  but  would  not 
necessarily be limited to, absence of an ability to recover the carrying amount of the investment or the inability of the investee 
to sustain an earnings capacity that would justify the carrying amount of the investment. The Company performed this analysis 
and  concluded  that  its  investment  in  React  Mobile,  Inc.  was  other-than-temporarily  impaired  and  recognized  an  impairment 
charge of $4,994 for the year ended July 31, 2021.

Inventories — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and include material, labor, and overhead. 
Cost  has  been  determined  using  the  last-in,  first-out  (“LIFO”)  method  for  certain  inventories  in  the  U.S.  (12.5%  of  total 
inventories at July 31, 2021, and 14.7% of total inventories at July 31, 2020) and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost 
methods  for  all  other  inventories.  Had  all  inventories  been  accounted  for  on  a  FIFO  basis  instead  of  on  a  LIFO  basis,  the 
carrying value of inventories would have increased by $7,707 and $7,195 as of July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

34

Table of Contents

Inventories consist of the following as of July 31:

Finished products

Work-in-process

Raw materials and supplies

Total inventories

2021

2020

$ 

87,489  $ 

20,189 

28,429 

85,547 

24,044 

26,071 

$ 

136,107  $ 

135,662 

Property,  Plant  and  Equipment  —  Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation. 
Depreciation  is  computed  primarily  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets.  Leasehold 
improvements  are  depreciated  over  the  shorter  of  the  lease  term  or  the  estimated  useful  life  of  the  respective  asset.  The 
estimated useful lives range from 3 to 33 years as shown below.

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of July 31:

Land
Buildings and improvements
Machinery and equipment
Construction in progress

Property, plant and equipment—gross

Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment—net

Range of Useful Lives

2021

10 to 33 Years
3 to 10 Years

$ 

8,201  $ 

108,801 
276,994 
4,991 
398,987 
(277,246) 
121,741  $ 

$ 

2020

9,960 
105,129 
267,795 
8,432 
391,316 
(276,248) 
115,068 

Depreciation expense was $18,406, $18,218, and $18,023 for the years ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Goodwill  — The Company evaluates the carrying amount of goodwill annually or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances have occurred that indicate the goodwill might be impaired. The Company completes impairment reviews for its 
reporting  units  using  a  fair-value  method  based  on  management's  judgments  and  assumptions.  When  performing  its  annual 
impairment  assessment,  the  Company  evaluates  the  recoverability  of  goodwill  assigned  to  each  of  its  reporting  units  by 
comparing  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  respective  reporting  unit  to  the  carrying  value,  including  goodwill.  The  Company 
estimates  fair  value  utilizing  the  income  approach  and  the  market  approach.  The  income  approach  requires  management  to 
make  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  for  each  reporting  unit,  including  projected  future  operating  results,  economic 
projections,  anticipated  future  cash  flows,  working  capital  levels,  income  tax  rates,  and  a  weighted-average  cost  of  capital 
reflecting the specific risk profile of the respective reporting unit. The market approach estimates fair value using performance 
multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies. In the event the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, 
including goodwill, an impairment loss, if any, is recognized for the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying 
value of the reporting unit's goodwill. The annual impairment testing performed on May 1, 2021, indicated that all reporting 
units with remaining goodwill had a fair value substantially in excess of its carrying value. No goodwill impairment charges 
were recognized during the year ended July 31, 2021.

Other Intangible and Long-Lived Assets — Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful lives to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed. Intangible assets with indefinite lives as well 
as goodwill are not subject to amortization. These assets are assessed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances have occurred that indicate the asset may not be recoverable or that the remaining estimated 
useful life may warrant revision. In addition, the Company performs qualitative assessments on a quarterly basis of significant 
events  and  circumstances,  such  as  historical  and  current  results,  assumptions  regarding  future  performance,  and  strategic 
initiatives and overall economic factors.

The Company evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the asset 
to the carrying value. Fair value is estimated using the income approach based upon current sales projections applying the relief 
from royalty method. If the carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is 
recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company evaluates long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, 
operating lease assets, and property, plant, and equipment, for recoverability by comparing an estimate of undiscounted future 
cash  flows,  derived  from  internal  forecasts,  over  the  remaining  life  of  the  primary  asset  to  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset 
group.  To  the  extent  the  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  attributable  to  the  asset  are  less  than  the  carrying  amount,  an 
impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In fiscal 2021, long-lived and other intangible assets were analyzed for potential impairment. As a result of the analysis, no 
impairment charges were recorded. Refer to Note 3, "Other Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets" for further information 
regarding the impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2020.

Leases — The Company accounts for leases in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 842 "Leases," 
which was adopted on August 1, 2019 using the optional transition method. The Company determines whether an arrangement 
contains a lease at contract inception based on whether the arrangement provides the Company with the right to direct the use of 
and  the  right  to  obtain  substantially  all  of  the  economic  benefits  from  an  identified  asset  in  exchange  for  consideration.  The 
Company recognizes a right-of-use ("ROU") asset and lease liability for its lease commitments with initial terms greater than 
one year.

The initial measurement of ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the 
present value of future lease payments over the expected lease term. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made on 
or before the commencement date, initial direct costs incurred, and is reduced by any lease incentives received. Some of the 
Company’s leases include options to extend the lease agreement, of which the exercise is at the Company’s sole discretion. The 
majority of renewal options are not included in the calculation of ROU assets and liabilities as they are not reasonably certain to 
be exercised. Some of the Company's lease agreements include rental payments that are adjusted periodically for inflation or the 
change in an index or rate. These variable lease payments are generally excluded from the initial measurement of the ROU asset 
and lease liability and are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. The Company has 
lease agreements that include both lease and non-lease components, which the Company elected to account for as a single lease 
component.

The Company determines the present value of future lease payments using its incremental borrowing rate, as the discount 
rate implicit within the Company’s leases generally cannot be readily determined. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated 
based  on  the  sovereign  credit  rating  for  the  countries  in  which  the  Company  has  its  largest  operations,  adjusted  for  several 
factors, such as internal credit spread, lease terms, and other market information available at the lease commencement date.

As of July 31, 2021, all leases are accounted for as operating leases, with lease expense being recognized on a straight-line 
basis over the lease term. Operating leases are reflected in “Operating lease assets,” “Current operating lease liabilities,” and 
“Long-term  operating  lease  liabilities”  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Operating  lease  expense  is 
recognized  in  either  cost  of  goods  sold  or  selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Income, based on the nature of the lease. ROU assets are evaluated for impairment in the same manner as long-lived assets. No 
impairment charges were recognized related to operating lease assets during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021. Refer to Note 
3,  "Other  Intangible  and  Long-Lived  Assets"  for  additional  information  regarding  the  impairment  charges  recognized  during 
fiscal 2020.

Revenue  Recognition  —  The  majority  of  the  Company’s  revenue  relates  to  the  sale  of  identification  solutions  and 
workplace safety products to customers. The Company accounts for revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 "Revenue from 
Contracts  with  Customers,"  which  was  adopted  on  August  1,  2018  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach.  Revenue  is 
recognized  when  control  of  the  product  or  service  transfers  to  the  customer  in  an  amount  that  represents  the  consideration 
expected to be received in exchange for those products and services. The Company considers control to have transferred when 
legal title, physical possession, and the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the asset have transferred to the customer 
and the collection of the transaction price is reasonably assured, most of which occur upon shipment or delivery of goods to 
customers. Given the nature of the Company’s business, revenue recognition practices do not contain estimates that materially 
affect the results of operations, with the exception of estimated customer returns and credit memos. The Company records an 
allowance  for  estimated  product  returns  and  credit  memos  using  the  expected  value  method  based  on  historical  experience, 
which is recognized as a deduction from net sales at the time of sale. As of July 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had a reserve 
for estimated product returns and credit memos of $5,510 and $6,295, respectively. 

Sales Incentives — The Company accounts for cash consideration (such as sales incentives, rebates, and cash discounts) 
given to its customers or resellers as a reduction of revenue. Sales incentives for the years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 
were $38,876, $38,476, and $40,811, respectively. 

Shipping and Handling Costs — Shipping and handling fees billed to a customer in a sale transaction are reported as net 

sales and the related costs incurred for shipping and handling are reported in cost of goods sold.

Advertising Costs — Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended July 31, 2021, 

2020, and 2019 was $54,370, $63,482, and $62,454, respectively.

Stock-Based  Compensation  —  The  Company  measures  and  recognizes  the  compensation  expense  for  all  share-based 
awards made to employees and directors based on estimated grant-date fair values. The Black-Scholes option valuation model 

36

Table of Contents

is used to determine the fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant. The Company recognizes the compensation cost, 
net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  of  all  share-based  awards  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  vesting  period  of  the  award.  If  it  is 
determined that it is unlikely the award will vest, the expense recognized to date for the award is reversed in the period in which 
this is evident and the remaining expense is not recorded.

The  Black-Scholes  model  requires  the  use  of  assumptions  which  determine  the  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards.  The 
Company uses historical data regarding stock option exercise behaviors to estimate the expected term of options granted based 
on  the  period  of  time  that  options  granted  are  expected  to  be  outstanding.  Expected  volatilities  are  based  on  the  historical 
volatility of the Company’s stock. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s historical dividend payments and 
historical yield. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the grant date for the length of 
time corresponding to the expected term of the option. The market value is calculated as the average of the high and the low 
stock  price  on  the  date  of  the  grant.  Refer  to  Note  7,  “Stockholders'  Equity”  for  more  information  regarding  the  Company’s 
incentive stock plans.

Research and Development — Amounts expended for research and development are expensed as incurred.

Other Comprehensive Income — Other comprehensive income consists of net unrealized gains and losses from cash flow 
hedges, the unamortized gain on defined-benefit pension plans net of their related tax effects, and foreign currency translation 
adjustments, which includes the impact of foreign currency translations and the settlements of net investment hedges. 

Foreign Currency Translation — The assets and liabilities of subsidiaries whose functional currency is a currency other 
than  the  U.S.  dollar  are  translated  into  United  States  dollars  at  end  of  period  rates  of  exchange,  and  income  and  expense 
accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange for the period. Resulting foreign currency translation adjustments are 
included in other comprehensive income.

Income Taxes — The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC 740 
"Income  Taxes."  Under  this  method,  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  expected  future  tax 
consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities.  Deferred  tax 
assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  the  currently  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the 
differences are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is estimated that it is more likely 
than not that the tax benefit of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recognizes the benefit of income tax 
positions  only  if  those  positions  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  the  tax  authority.  Changes  in 
recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which a change in judgment occurs.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The Company believes that the carrying amount of its financial instruments (cash 
and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable,  and  other  current  liabilities)  approximate  fair  value  due  to  the 
short-term nature of these instruments. Refer to Note 6, "Debt" for more information regarding the fair value of long-term debt 
and Note 13, "Fair Value Measurements" for information regarding fair value measurements.

Foreign Currency Hedging — The objective of the Company’s foreign currency exchange risk management is to minimize 
the  impact  of  currency  movements  on  non-functional  currency  transactions  and  minimize  the  foreign  currency  translation 
impact on the Company’s foreign operations. While the Company’s risk management objectives and strategies are driven from 
an economic perspective, the Company attempts, where possible and practical, to ensure that the hedging strategies it engages 
in qualify for hedge accounting and result in accounting treatment where the earnings effect of the hedging instrument provides 
substantial offset (in the same period) to the income effect of the hedged item. 

The Company recognizes derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance 
Sheets at fair value. Gains and losses resulting from changes in  fair value of the derivatives designated as hedges are recorded 
as  a  component  of  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  ("AOCI")  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets 
and in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and are reclassified into the same income statement line item in 
the  period  or  periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  income.  Refer  to  Note  14,  "Derivatives  and  Hedging 
Activities" for more information regarding the Company’s derivative instruments and hedging activities.

37

Table of Contents

New Accounting Standards 

Adopted Standards

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments," which changes the impairment model for most financial instruments. Prior guidance required 
the recognition of credit losses based on an incurred loss impairment methodology that reflected losses once the losses were 
probable. Under ASU 2016-13, the Company is required to use a current expected credit loss model ("CECL") that immediately 
recognizes an estimate of credit losses that are expected to occur over the life of the financial instruments that are in the scope 
of this update, including trade receivables. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13 effective August 1, 2020, which did not have a 
material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, "Goodwill and Other, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment." 
This  guidance  removes  Step  2  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test,  which  required  a  hypothetical  purchase  price  allocation.  A 
goodwill  impairment  is  now  the  amount  by  which  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  value  exceeds  its  fair  value,  not  to  exceed  the 
carrying amount of goodwill. All other goodwill impairment guidance remains largely unchanged. The Company adopted ASC 
2017-04  effective  August  1,  2020.  This  guidance  only  impacts  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  if  there  is  a 
future impairment of goodwill.

Standards not yet adopted

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, "Income Taxes - Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 
740)." The new guidance removes certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740 such as recognizing deferred taxes 
for  equity  investments,  the  incremental  approach  to  performing  intraperiod  tax  allocation  and  calculating  income  taxes  in 
interim  periods.  The  standard  also  simplifies  accounting  for  income  taxes  under  U.S.  GAAP  by  clarifying  and  amending 
existing guidance, including the recognition of deferred taxes for goodwill, the allocation of taxes to members of a consolidated 
group  and  requiring  that  an  entity  reflect  the  effect  of  enacted  changes  in  tax  laws  or  rates  in  the  annual  effective  tax  rate 
computation in the interim period that includes the enactment date. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after 
December  15,  2020,  and  interim  periods  thereafter.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  does  not  expect  a  material 
impact to the financial statements or disclosures from the adoption of this standard.

In  March  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2020-04,  "Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic  848):  Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of 
Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting."  Subject  to  meeting  certain  criteria,  the  new  guidance  provides  optional 
expedients  and  exceptions  to  applying  contract  modification  accounting  under  existing  U.S.  GAAP,  to  address  the  expected 
phase out of the London Inter-bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") by the end of 2021. This guidance was effective upon issuance and 
allows  application  to  contract  changes  as  early  as  January  1,  2020.  Some  of  the  Company's  contracts  with  respect  to  its 
borrowing  agreements  already  contain  comparable  alternative  reference  rates  that  would  automatically  take  effect  upon  the 
phasing  out  of  LIBOR.  The  Company  does  not  expect  a  material  impact  to  the  financial  statements  or  disclosures  from  the 
adoption of this standard.

2. Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended July 31, 2021 and 2020, were as 

follows:

Balance as of July 31, 2019

Translation adjustments

Balance as of July 31, 2020

Current year acquisitions

Translation adjustments

Balance as of July 31, 2021

IDS

WPS

Total

$ 

379,005  $ 

31,982  $ 

410,987 

3,342 

1,705 

5,047 

$ 

382,347  $ 

33,687  $ 

416,034 

195,166 

1,422 

— 

1,515 

195,166 

2,937 

$ 

578,935  $ 

35,202  $ 

614,137 

Goodwill  increased  $198,103  for  the  year  ended  July  31,  2021.  Of  the  $198,103  increase,  $139,347  was  due  to  the 
acquisition  of  Code,  $43,235  was  due  to  the  acquisition  of  Magicard,  $12,584  was  due  to  the  acquisition  of  Nordic  ID,  and 
$2,937 was due to the positive effects of foreign currency translation.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  annual  impairment  testing  performed  on  May  1,  2021,  in  accordance  with  ASC  350,  “Intangibles  -  Goodwill  and 
Other” indicated that all of the reporting units with goodwill remaining (IDS Americas & Europe, PDC, and WPS Europe) had 
a fair value substantially in excess of its carrying value.

3. Other Intangible and Long-Lived Assets

Other  intangible  assets  include  customer  relationships,  tradenames,  and  technology  with  finite  lives  being  amortized  in 
accordance  with  the  accounting  guidance  for  other  intangible  assets.  The  Company  also  has  unamortized  indefinite-lived 
tradenames that are classified as other intangible assets.

Other intangible assets as of July 31, 2021 and 2020, consisted of the following: 

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

Weighted 
Average 
Amortization 
Period 
(Years)

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net 
Book 
Value

Weighted 
Average 
Amortization 
Period 
(Years)

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net 
Book 
Value

3

9

5

$ 

1,821  $ 

(356)  $  1,465 

  110,950 

(39,069) 

  71,881 

3

9

$ 

663  $ 

(55)  $ 

608 

44,722 

(32,615) 

  12,107 

9,578 

(335) 

  9,243 

N/A

— 

— 

— 

N/A

9,745 

— 

  9,745 

N/A

9,619 

— 

  9,619 

$ 132,094  $ 

(39,760)  $ 92,334 

$  55,004  $ 

(32,670)  $ 22,334 

Amortized other intangible assets:

Tradenames

Customer relationships

Technology

Unamortized other intangible assets:

Tradenames

Total

The  change  in  the  gross  carrying  amount  of  other  intangible  assets  as  of  July  31,  2021  compared  to  July  31,  2020  was 
primarily due the acquisitions of Code, Magicard, and Nordic ID completed during the year ended July 31, 2021 and to a lesser 
extent,  the  effect  of  currency  fluctuations.  Refer  to  Note  15,  "Acquisitions"  for  additional  information  on  intangible  assets 
acquired.

Amortization expense on intangible assets during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $7,077, $5,219, 
and  $5,776,  respectively.  Amortization  expense  over  each  of  the  next  five  fiscal  years  is  projected  to  be  $15,160,  $12,208, 
$9,739, $9,414, and $8,529 for the fiscal years ending July 31, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, and 2026, respectively.

During the year ended July 31, 2020, impairment charges of $8,665 were recognized related to indefinite-lived tradenames. 
In addition, impairment charges of $2,681 were recognized related to property, plant and equipment; of which $2,353 and $328 
related to the IDS and WPS segments, respectively. Impairment charges of $2,475 were recognized related to operating lease 
assets, of which $2,035 and $440 related to the WPS and IDS segments, respectively. These items resulted in a total impairment 
charge of $13,821 recognized in "Impairment charges" on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal year ended July 
31, 2020.

4. Leases

The  Company  leases  certain  manufacturing  facilities,  warehouses  and  office  space,  computer  equipment,  and  vehicles 
accounted for as operating leases. Lease terms typically range from one year to ten years. As of July 31, 2021 and 2020, the 
Company did not have any finance leases.

The Company evaluates right-of-use assets for impairment in the same manner as long-lived assets. Refer to Note 3, "Other 
Intangible and Long-Lived Assets" for information regarding impairment charges recognized during the fiscal year ended July 
31, 2020.

Short-term lease expense, variable lease expenses, and sublease income were immaterial to the Consolidated Statements of 

Income for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes lease expense recognized for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021 and 2020:

Operating lease cost Cost of goods sold

Operating lease cost

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

$ 

8,268  $ 

8,625 

9,197 

8,974 

Consolidated Statements of Income Location

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

Lease expense of $19,984 was recognized in operating expenses for the year ended July 31, 2019.

The following table summarizes the maturity of the Company's lease liabilities as of July 31, 2021:

Years ending July 31, 
2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less: interest

Present value of lease liabilities

Operating 
Leases

$ 

$ 

$ 

18,865 

15,286 

8,445 

3,750 

1,602 

225 

48,173 

(2,159) 

46,014 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the Company's operating leases as of July 31, 2021 and 

2020 were as follows:

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)

Weighted average discount rate

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

3.0

 3.3 %

3.5

 3.5 %

Supplemental cash flow information related to the Company's operating leases for the fiscal years July 31, 2021 and 2020, 

were as follows:

Operating cash outflows from operating leases

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

Twelve months ended July 31,

2021

2020

$ 

18,334  $ 

16,522 

17,123 

12,641 

Operating  lease  assets  obtained  in  exchange  for  new  operating  lease  liabilities  include  $9,769  of  operating  lease  assets 
related to leases that commenced on August 1, 2019, which were included in the adoption impact of the new lease accounting 
standard.

The Company evaluates right-of-use assets for impairment in the same manner as long-lived assets. No impairment charges 
were recorded during the year ended July 31, 2021. Refer to Note 3, "Other Intangible and Long-Lived Assets" for information 
regarding impairment charges recognized during the year ended July 31, 2020.

5. Employee Benefit Plans

The  Company  provides  postretirement  medical  benefits  (the  “Plan”)  for  eligible  regular  full  and  part-time  domestic 
employees  (including  spouses)  who  retired  prior  to  January  1,  2016,  as  outlined  by  the  Plan.  The  Plan  is  unfunded,  and  the 
liability,  unrecognized  gain,  and  associated  income  statement  impact  are  immaterial.  The  liability  is  recorded  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2021 and 2020. The unrecognized gain is reported as a component of 
AOCI.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Company  also  has  two  deferred  compensation  plans,  the  Executive  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  and  the  Director 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan  which  allow  for  compensation  to  be  deferred  into  either  the  Company's  Class  A  Nonvoting 
Common  Stock  or  in  other  investment  funds.  Neither  plan  allows  funds  to  be  transferred  between  the  Company's  Class  A 
Nonvoting  Common  Stock  and  the  other  investment  funds.  The  Company  also  has  an  additional  non-qualified  deferred 
compensation plan, the Brady Restoration Plan, which allows an equivalent benefit to the Matched 401(k) Plan and the Funded 
Retirement  Plan  for  executives'  income  exceeding  the  IRS  limits  for  participation  in  a  qualified  401(k)  plan.  Deferred 
compensation of $20,144 and $18,606 was included in "Other liabilities" in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as 
of July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company has retirement and profit-sharing plans covering substantially all full-time domestic employees and certain 
employees  of  its  foreign  subsidiaries.  Contributions  to  the  plans  are  determined  annually  or  quarterly,  according  to  the 
respective  plan,  based  on  income  of  the  respective  companies  and  employee  contributions.  Accrued  retirement  and  profit-
sharing  contributions  of  $3,686  and  $3,577  were  included  in  "Other  current  liabilities"  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets  as  of  July  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  amounts  charged  to  expense  for  these  retirement  and  profit 
sharing plans were $13,246, $12,129, and $14,158 during the years ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

6. Debt

On  August  1,  2019,  the  Company  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  entered  into  an  unsecured  $200  million  multi-currency 
revolving  loan  agreement  with  a  group  of  five  banks.  Under  this  revolving  loan  agreement,  the  Company  has  the  option  to 
select either a Eurocurrency rate loan that bears interest at the LIBOR rate plus a margin based on the Company's consolidated 
net leverage ratio or a base interest rate (based upon the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, the prime rate of the Bank of 
Montreal plus a margin based on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio, or the Eurocurrency base rate at the LIBOR 
rate plus a margin based on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio plus 1%). At the Company's option, and subject to 
certain  conditions,  the  available  amount  under  the  revolving  loan  agreement  may  be  increased  from  $200  million  to  $400 
million. 

In June 2021, the Company drew down $75.0 million from its revolving loan agreement to fund a portion of the purchase 
price of the acquisition of Code. Prior to July 31, 2021, the Company repaid $37.0 million of the borrowing with cash on hand. 
During the year ended July 31, 2021, the maximum amount outstanding on the revolving loan agreement was $75.0 million. As 
of July 31, 2021, the outstanding balance on the credit facility was $38.0 million and there was $159.1 million available for 
future borrowing under the credit facility, which can be increased to $359.1 million at the Company's option, subject to certain 
conditions. The revolving loan agreement has a final maturity date of August 1, 2024.

The Company’s revolving loan agreement requires it to maintain certain financial covenants, including a ratio of debt to the 
trailing twelve months EBITDA, as defined in the agreement, of not more than a 3.5 to 1.0 ratio (leverage ratio) and the trailing 
twelve months EBITDA to interest expense of not less than a 3.0 to 1.0 ratio (interest expense coverage ratio). As of July 31, 
2021,  the  Company  was  in  compliance  with  these  financial  covenants,  with  a  ratio  of  debt  to  EBITDA,  as  defined  by  the 
agreements, equal to 0.2 to 1.0 and the interest expense coverage ratio equal to 480.6 to 1.0.

As of July 31, 2021, borrowings on the revolving loan agreement were as follows:

USD-denominated borrowing on revolving loan agreement

July 31, 2021

Interest Rate

$ 

38,000 

 0.84 %

Due to the variable interest rate pricing of the Company's revolving debt, it is determined that the carrying value of the debt 

equals the fair value of the debt.

The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $2,901 and $3,116 at July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

41

Table of Contents

7. Stockholders' Equity

Information as to the Company’s capital stock at July 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

Preferred Stock, $.01 par value

Cumulative Preferred Stock:    
6% Cumulative

1972 Series

1979 Series

Common Stock, $.01 par value: 
Class A Nonvoting

Class B Voting

Shares
Authorized

5,000,000 

5,000 

10,000 

30,000 

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

Shares
Issued

(thousands)
Amount

Shares
Authorized

Shares
Issued

(thousands)
Amount

5,000,000 

5,000 

10,000 

30,000 

  100,000,000 

  51,261,487  $ 

513 

  100,000,000 

  51,261,487  $ 

  10,000,000 

3,538,628 

35 

  10,000,000 

3,538,628 

$ 

548 

$ 

513 

35 

548 

Before any dividend may be paid on the Class B Common Stock, holders of the Class A Common Stock are entitled to 
receive an annual, noncumulative cash dividend of $0.01665 per share. Thereafter, any further dividend in that fiscal year must 
be paid on each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on an equal basis.

Other  than  as  required  by  law,  holders  of  the  Class  A  Common  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  any  vote  on  corporate  matters, 
unless, in each of the three preceding fiscal years, the $0.01665 preferential dividend described above has not been paid in full. 
Holders of the Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share for the entire fiscal year immediately following the 
third  consecutive  fiscal  year  in  which  the  preferential  dividend  is  not  paid  in  full.  Holders  of  Class  B  Common  Stock  are 
entitled to one vote per share for the election of directors and for all other purposes.

Upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  Company,  and  after  distribution  of  any  amounts  due  to  holders  of 
Preferred Stock, if any, holders of the Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive the sum of $0.833 per share before any 
payment or distribution to holders of the Class B Common Stock. Thereafter, holders of the Class B Common Stock are entitled 
to  receive  a  payment  or  distribution  of  $0.833  per  share.  Thereafter,  holders  of  the  Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B 
Common Stock share equally in all payments or distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

The preferences in dividends and liquidation rights of the Class A Common Stock over the Class B Common Stock will 

terminate at any time that the voting rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock become equal.

The following is a summary of other activity in stockholders’ equity for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 

2019:

Balances at July 31, 2018

Shares at July 31, 2018

Sale of shares at cost

Purchase of shares at cost

Balances at July 31, 2019

Shares at July 31, 2019

Sale of shares at cost

Purchase of shares at cost

Balances at July 31, 2020

Shares at July 31, 2020

Sale of shares at cost

Purchase of shares at cost

Balances at July 31, 2021

Shares at July 31, 2021

Deferred 
Compensation

Shares Held in 
Rabbi Trust, at cost

Total

8,222  $ 

(8,222)  $ 

299,916 

(928)  $ 

1,212 

8,506  $ 

285,533 

(460)  $ 

1,293 

9,339  $ 

292,329 

(277)  $ 

1,472 

10,534  $ 

315,916 

299,916 

928  $ 

(1,212) 

(8,506)  $ 

285,533 

460  $ 

(1,293) 

(9,339)  $ 

292,329 

277  $ 

(1,472) 

(10,534)  $ 

315,916 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Deferred Compensation Plans

The Company has two deferred compensation plans, the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and the Director Deferred 
Compensation Plan that allow for compensation to be deferred into either the Company's Class A Nonvoting Common Stock or 
into other investment funds. Neither plan allows funds to be transferred between the Company's Class A Nonvoting Common 
Stock and the other investment funds. 

At July 31, 2021, the deferred compensation balance in stockholders’ equity represents the investment at the original cost 
of shares held in the Company’s Class A Nonvoting Common Stock for the deferred compensation plans. The balance of shares 
held in the Rabbi Trust represents the investment in the Company’s Class A Nonvoting Common Stock at the original cost of 
all the Company’s Class A Nonvoting Common Stock held in deferred compensation plans.

Incentive Stock Plans

The  Company  has  an  incentive  stock  plan  under  which  the  Board  of  Directors  may  grant  nonqualified  stock  options  to 
purchase shares of Class A Nonvoting Common Stock, restricted stock units ("RSUs"), or restricted and unrestricted shares of 
Class A Nonvoting Common Stock to employees and non-employee directors. Certain awards may be subject to pre-established 
performance goals.

As of July 31, 2021, the Company has reserved 1,749,815 shares of Class A Nonvoting Common Stock for outstanding 
stock options and RSUs and 2,959,105 shares of Class A Nonvoting Common Stock remain for future issuance of stock options 
and  restricted  and  unrestricted  shares  under  the  active  plans.  The  Company  uses  treasury  stock  or  will  issue  new  Class  A 
Nonvoting Common Stock to deliver shares under these plans.

Total  stock-based  compensation  expense  recognized  by  the  Company  during  the  years  ended  July  31,  2021,  2020,  and 
2019, was $10,098 ($9,543 net of taxes), $8,843 ($8,048 net of taxes), and $12,092 ($10,628 net of taxes), respectively. As of 
July 31, 2021, total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation awards that are expected to vest was 
$8,033  pre-tax,  net  of  estimated  forfeitures,  which  the  Company  expects  to  recognize  over  a  weighted-average  period  of  1.4 
years.

Stock Options

The stock options issued under the plan have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the 
date of grant and generally vest ratably over a three-year period, with one-third becoming exercisable one year after the grant 
date and one-third additional in each of the succeeding two years. Options issued under the plan, referred to herein as “time-
based” options, generally expire 10 years from the date of grant. 

The  Company  has  estimated  the  fair  value  of  its  time-based  stock  option  awards  granted  during  the  fiscal  years  ended 
July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The weighted-average assumptions used in the 
Black-Scholes valuation model are reflected in the following table:

Black-Scholes Option Valuation Assumptions
Expected term (in years)

Expected volatility

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Weighted-average market value of underlying stock at grant date

Weighted-average exercise price

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the period

2021

2020

2019

6.21

6.20

6.20

 30.71 %

 26.07 %

 26.05 %

 2.49 %

 0.38 %

 2.63 %

 1.64 %

 2.71 %

 3.01 %

$ 

$ 

$ 

39.92 

39.92 

8.65 

$ 

$ 

$ 

54.05 

54.05 

10.63 

$ 

$ 

$ 

43.96 

43.96 

9.70 

43

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of stock option activity for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021:

Time-Based Options
Balance as of July 31, 2020

New grants

Exercised

Forfeited

Balance as of July 31, 2021

Option Price

Options Outstanding

$ 19.96  — $54.05

1,273,382  $ 

39.92

  19.96  — 54.05

  39.92  — 54.05

$ 19.96  — $54.05

303,052 

(77,272) 

(25,094) 

1,474,068  $ 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price

37.84 

39.92 

32.07 

44.82 

38.45 

The total fair value of options vested during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was $2,371, $2,800, and 
$2,864, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, 
based  upon  the  average  market  price  at  the  time  of  the  exercise  during  the  period,  was  $1,477,  $14,692,  and  $20,969, 
respectively.

There were 949,668, 776,273, and 1,025,811 options exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $34.97, $31.50, 
and  $27.06  at  July  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively.  The  cash  received  from  the  exercise  of  stock  options  during  the 
fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was $1,765, $5,511, and $23,466, respectively. The tax benefit on options 
exercised during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was $369, $3,673, and $5,242, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at July 31, 2021:

Options Outstanding

Options Outstanding and Exercisable

Number of 
Shares 
Outstanding at 
July 31, 2021

Weighted  
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(in years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Shares 
Exercisable at 
July 31, 2021

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(in years)

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

217,913 

789,608 

466,547 

1,474,068 

3.8

6.6

7.7

6.5

$ 

$ 

20.87 

37.05 

49.02 

38.45 

217,913 

501,997 

229,758 

949,668 

3.8

5.2

7.5

5.4

$ 

$ 

20.87 

35.40 

47.39 

34.97 

Range of Exercise Prices
$19.96 - $29.99

$30.00 - $39.99

$40.00 - $54.05

Total

As of July 31, 2021, the aggregate intrinsic value (defined as the amount by which the fair value of the underlying stock 
exceeds  the  exercise  price  of  an  option)  of  options  outstanding  and  the  options  exercisable  was  $23,828  and  $18,653, 
respectively.

RSUs

RSUs issued under the plan have a grant date fair value equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of 
grant. Shares issued under the plan are referred to herein as either "time-based" or "performance-based" RSUs. The time-based 
RSUs issued under the plan generally vest ratably over a three-year period, with one-third becoming exercisable one year after 
the grant date and one-third additional in each of the succeeding two years. The performance-based RSUs granted under the 
plan vest at the end of a three-year service period provided specified market conditions are met.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the RSU activity for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021:

Time-Based RSUs
Balance as of July 31, 2020

New grants

Vested

Forfeited

Balance as of July 31, 2021

Shares

Weighted Average 
Grant Date
 Fair Value

154,960  $ 

79,811 

(69,436) 

(8,869) 

156,466  $ 

47.39 

40.82 

44.48 

46.14 

45.40 

The time-based RSUs granted during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020 and 2019, had a weighted-average grant-date fair 

value of $53.38 and $44.20, respectively.

Performance-Based RSUs
Balance as of July 31, 2020
New grants (1)
Vested (1)

Balance as of July 31, 2021

Shares

Weighted Average 
Grant Date
 Fair Value

126,060  $ 

64,634 

(71,413) 

119,281  $ 

50.61 

60.73 

33.12 

61.05 

(1) Includes 23,805 shares resulting from the payout of performance-based RSUs granted in fiscal year 2018 due to the achievement of 

performance metrics exceeding the target payout.

The performance-based RSUs granted during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021, had a weighted-average grant-date fair 
value  determined  by  a  third-party  valuation  involving  the  use  of  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation.  The  performance-based  RSUs 
granted  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  July  31,  2020  and  2019,  had  a  weighted-average  grant-date  fair  value  of  $75.00  and 
$50.70, respectively. 

The  total  fair  value  of  time-based  and  performance-based  RSUs  vested  during  the  years  ended  July  31,  2021,  2020  and 
2019,  was  $6,167,  $9,776,  and  $9,859,  respectively.  The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  unvested  time-based  and  performance-
based  RSUs  outstanding  at  July  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  and  expected  to  vest,  was  $16,849,  $14,013,  and  $17,953, 
respectively.

8. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Other  comprehensive  loss  consists  of  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  which  includes  net  investment  hedges, 
unrealized gains and losses from cash flow hedges, and the unamortized gain on post-retirement plans, net of their related tax 
effects.

The following table illustrates the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 

of tax, for the periods presented:

Unrealized 
gain (loss) on 
cash flow 
hedges

Unamortized 
gain on 
postretirement 
plans

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
adjustments

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
loss

Ending balance, July 31, 2019
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassification

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
Ending balance, July 31, 2020
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Ending balance, July 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

707  $ 
(447) 

(460) 
(200)  $ 
1,228 

(299) 

2,800  $ 
(332) 

(287) 
2,181  $ 
(5) 

(288) 

(74,761)  $ 
6,303 

— 
(68,458)  $ 
9,888 

— 

(71,254) 
5,524 

(747) 
(66,477) 
11,111 

(587) 

729  $ 

1,888  $ 

(58,570)  $ 

(55,953) 

The decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of July 31, 2021, compared to July 31, 2020, was primarily due 
to the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against certain other currencies during the fiscal year. Of the amounts reclassified from 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

accumulated other comprehensive loss during the years ended July 31, 2021 and 2020, unrealized gains on cash flow hedges 
were  reclassified  into  "Cost  of  goods  sold"  and  net  unamortized  gains  on  post-retirement  plans  were  reclassified  into 
"Investment and other income" on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table illustrates the income tax (expense) benefit on the components of other comprehensive income (loss):

Income tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income (loss):

Cash flow hedges

Pension and other post-retirement benefits

Other income tax adjustments and currency translation

$ 

(123)  $ 

283  $ 

95 

(378) 

229 

(337) 

Income tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income (loss)

$ 

(406)  $ 

175  $ 

55 

164 

(972) 

(753) 

Years Ended July 31,

2021

2020

2019

9. Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  control  of  the  product  or  service  transfers  to  the  customer  at  an  amount  that 

represents the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those products and services.

Nature of Products 

The  Company’s  revenues  are  primarily  from  the  sale  of  identification  solutions  and  workplace  safety  products  that  are 
shipped  and  billed  to  customers.  All  revenue  is  from  contracts  with  customers  and  is  included  in  “Net  sales”  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 10 “Segment Information” for the Company’s disaggregated revenue disclosure.

Performance Obligations

The Company’s contracts with customers consist of purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master supply 
or distributor agreements. For each contract, the Company considers the commitment to transfer tangible products, which are 
generally capable of being distinct, to be separate performance obligations.

The  majority  of  the  Company's  revenue  is  earned  and  recognized  at  a  point  in  time  through  ship-and-bill  performance 
obligations where the customer typically obtains control of the product upon shipment or delivery, depending on freight terms. 
The Company considers control to have transferred if legal title, physical possession, and the significant risks and rewards of 
ownership of the asset have transferred to the customer and the Company has a present right to payment. In almost all cases, 
control transfers once a product is shipped or delivered, as this is when the customer is able to direct and obtain substantially all 
of the remaining benefits associated with use of the asset.

Transaction Price and Variable Consideration

Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the transfer of 
product to a customer. The transaction price is generally the price stated in the contract specific for each item sold, adjusted for 
all  applicable  variable  considerations.  Variable  consideration  generally  include  discounts,  returns,  credits,  rebates,  or  other 
allowances that reduce the transaction price. Certain discounts and price assurances are fixed and known at the time of sale. 

The Company estimates the amount of variable consideration and reduces the transaction price to the extent it is probable 
that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable 
consideration is resolved. The expected value method is used to estimate expected returns and allowances based on historical 
experience.  The  most  likely  amount  method  is  used  to  estimate  customer  rebates,  which  are  offered  retrospectively  and 
typically defined in the master supply or distributor agreement.

Payment Terms

While the Company’s standard payment terms are net 30 days, the specific payment terms and conditions in its contracts 
with customers vary by type and location of the customer. Cash discounts may be offered to certain customers. The Company 
has payment terms in its contracts with customers of less than one year and has elected the practical expedient applicable to 
such contracts and does not consider the time value of money.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Warranties

The Company offers standard warranty coverage on substantially all products which provides the customer with assurance 
that the product will function as intended. This standard warranty coverage is accounted for as an assurance warranty and is not 
considered  to  be  a  separate  performance  obligation.  The  Company  records  a  liability  for  product  warranty  obligations  at  the 
time of sale based on historical warranty experience that is included in cost of goods sold.

The Company also offers extended warranty coverage for certain products, which it accounts for as service warranties. In 
most cases, the extended service warranty is included in the sales price of the product and is not sold separately. The Company 
considers the extended service warranty to be a separate performance obligation and allocates a portion of the transaction price 
to the service warranty based on the estimated stand-alone selling price. At the time of sale, the extended warranty transaction 
price is recorded as deferred revenue on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life 
of the service warranty period. The deferred revenue is considered a contract liability as the Company has a right to payment at 
the time the product with the related extended service warranty is shipped or delivered and therefore, payment is received in 
advance of the Company's performance. 

Contract Balances

The balance of contract liabilities associated with service warranty performance obligations was $2,519 and $2,559 as of 
July  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  This  also  represents  the  amount  of  unsatisfied  performance  obligations  related  to 
contracts that extend beyond one year. The current portion and non-current portion of contract liabilities are included in “Other 
current  liabilities”  and  “Other  liabilities,"  respectively,  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  During  the  fiscal 
year ended July 31, 2021, the Company recognized revenue of $1,175 that was included in the contract liability balance at the 
beginning of the period from the amortization of extended service warranties. Of the contract liability balance outstanding at 
July 31, 2021, the Company expects to recognize 41% by the end of fiscal 2022, an additional 28% by the end of fiscal 2023, 
and the balance thereafter. 

Costs of Obtaining a Contract

The Company expenses incremental direct costs of obtaining a contract (e.g., sales commissions) when incurred because 
the amortization period is generally twelve months or less. Contract costs are included in "Selling, general and administrative 
expense" on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

10. Segment Information

The Company is organized and managed on a global basis within three operating segments, Identification Solutions ("IDS" 
or  "ID  Solutions"),  Workplace  Safety  ("WPS"),  and  People  Identification  ("PDC"),  which  aggregate  into  two  reportable 
segments  that  are  organized  around  businesses  with  consistent  products  and  services:  IDS  and  WPS.  The  IDS  and  PDC 
operating  segments  aggregate  into  the  IDS  reporting  segment,  while  the  WPS  reporting  segment  is  comprised  solely  of  the 
Workplace  Safety  operating  segment.  The  Company  evaluates  short-term  segment  performance  based  on  segment  profit  and 
customer  sales.  Impairment  charges,  interest  expense,  investment  and  other  income,  income  taxes,  equity  in  losses  of 
unconsolidated affiliate, and certain corporate administrative expenses are excluded when evaluating segment performance.

47

Table of Contents

Following is a summary of segment information as of and for the years ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Net sales:

ID Solutions:

Americas

Europe

Asia

Total

Workplace Safety:

Americas

Europe

Australia

Total

Total Company:

Americas

Europe

Asia-Pacific

Total

Depreciation & amortization:

ID Solutions

WPS

Total Company

Segment profit:

ID Solutions

WPS

Total Company

Assets:

ID Solutions

WPS

Corporate

Total Company

Expenditures for property, plant & equipment:

ID Solutions

WPS

Total Company

2021

2020

2019

$ 

551,938  $ 

532,357  $ 

191,854 

97,716 

165,490 

86,860 

577,156 

193,852 

92,092 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

841,508  $ 

784,707  $ 

863,100 

85,814  $ 

92,513  $ 

163,356 

54,020 

152,407 

51,672 

98,788 

150,480 

48,277 

303,190  $ 

296,592  $ 

297,545 

637,752  $ 

624,870  $ 

355,210 

151,736 

317,897 

138,532 

675,944 

344,332 

140,369 

$ 

1,144,698  $ 

1,081,299  $ 

1,160,645 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

22,248  $ 

20,745  $ 

3,235 

2,692 

25,483  $ 

23,437  $ 

21,387 

2,412 

23,799 

169,238  $ 

150,639  $ 

164,953 

22,754 

21,019 

23,025 

191,992  $ 

171,658  $ 

187,978 

$ 

1,079,331  $ 

737,589  $ 

151,090 

147,335 

187,234 

217,643 

740,437 

137,799 

279,072 

$ 

1,377,756  $ 

1,142,466  $ 

1,157,308 

$ 

$ 

20,262  $ 

17,637  $ 

6,927 

9,640 

27,189  $ 

27,277  $ 

17,849 

14,976 

32,825 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Following is a reconciliation of segment profit to income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate for the 

years ended July 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

Total profit from reportable segments

Unallocated costs:

Administrative costs
Impairment charges(1)
Investment and other income

Interest expense

Years Ended July 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

191,992  $ 

171,658  $ 

187,978 

(24,865) 

— 

4,333 

(437) 

(19,814) 

(13,821) 

5,079 

(2,166) 

(25,550) 

— 

5,046 

(2,830) 

Income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate

$ 

171,023  $ 

140,936  $ 

164,644 

(1) Of the total $13,821 impairment charges recognized in the year ended July 31, 2020, $11,029 related to the WPS segment and 
$2,792 related to the IDS segment.

Geographic information:

United States

Other

Eliminations

Revenues*
Years Ended July 31,

Long-Lived Assets**
As of July 31,

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

$ 

642,268  $ 

627,160  $ 

674,924  $ 

560,405  $ 

361,005  $ 

365,205 

565,956 

(63,526) 

509,530 

(55,391) 

546,923 

(61,202) 

309,686 

234,330 

191,953 

— 

— 

— 

Consolidated total

$  1,144,698  $  1,081,299  $  1,160,645  $ 

870,091  $ 

595,335  $ 

557,158 

*      Revenues are attributed based on country of origin.

**    Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets, and operating lease assets.

11. Income Taxes

Income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate consists of the following:

United States

Other Nations

Total

Years Ended July 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

59,504  $ 

69,433  $ 

111,519 

71,503 

171,023  $ 

140,936  $ 

55,077 

109,567 

164,644 

The increase in income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate in Other Nations to $111,519 in fiscal 
2021 from $71,503 in fiscal 2020 was primarily due to intercompany royalty transactions that occurred in fiscal 2020 which 
reduced Other Nations income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate by $22,914. In addition, profitability 
improved in Other Nations in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020 as our global businesses continue to recover from the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

The decrease in income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate to $71,503 in fiscal 2020 from $109,567 

in fiscal 2019 was primarily due to intercompany royalty transactions that occurred in fiscal 2020 which which reduced Other 
Nations income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate by $22,914. In addition, profitability decreased in 
Other Nations in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 as our global businesses were impacted by reduced economic activity 
resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Income tax expense consists of the following:

Current income tax expense:

United States

Other Nations

States (U.S.)

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense:

United States

Other Nations

States (U.S.)

Total income tax expense

Years Ended July 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

16,322  $ 

3,031  $ 

26,141 

2,112 

25,133 

1,160 

44,575  $ 

29,324  $ 

(2,662)  $ 

1,072  $ 

(5,938) 

(365) 

(8,965)  $ 

35,610  $ 

(2,065) 

(10) 

(1,003)  $ 

28,321  $ 

2,232 

22,445 

913 

25,590 

8,451 

(667) 

12 

7,796 

33,386 

The tax effects of temporary differences are as follows as of July 31, 2021 and 2020:

Assets

July 31, 2021

Liabilities

Total

$ 

5,143  $ 

(51)  $ 

Inventories

Employee compensation and benefits

Accounts receivable

Fixed assets

Intangible assets

Deferred and equity-based compensation

Postretirement benefits

Tax credit and net operating loss carry-forwards

Valuation allowances

Other, net

Total

Inventories

Employee compensation and benefits

Accounts receivable

Fixed assets

Intangible assets

Deferred and equity-based compensation

Postretirement benefits

Tax credit and net operating loss carry-forwards

Valuation allowances

Other, net

Total

8,570 

1,433 

3,479 

996 

8,069 

2,359 

60,238 

(51,069) 

13,698 

— 

— 

(7,292) 

(51,987) 

— 

(166) 

— 

— 

(5,282) 

52,916  $ 

(64,778)  $ 

$ 

$ 

Assets

4,385  $ 

3,339 

1,518 

3,663 

1,026 

7,851 

3,002 

56,447 

(58,809) 

11,786 

(58)  $ 

(72) 

— 

(7,285) 

(31,488) 

— 

(31) 

— 

— 

(4,715) 

$ 

34,208  $ 

(43,649)  $ 

July 31, 2020

Liabilities

Total

5,092 

8,570 

1,433 

(3,813) 

(50,991) 

8,069 

2,193 

60,238 

(51,069) 

8,416 

(11,862) 

4,327 

3,267 

1,518 

(3,622) 

(30,462) 

7,851 

2,971 

56,447 

(58,809) 

7,071 

(9,441) 

Tax credit carry-forwards as of July 31, 2021 consist of the following:

•

•
•

Foreign  net  operating  loss  carry-forwards  of  $102,847,  of  which  $90,475  have  no  expiration  date  and  the 
remainder of which expire from 2022 to 2038.
State net operating loss carry-forwards of $23,164, which expire in 2032.
Foreign tax credit carry-forwards of $22,141, which expire from 2022 to 2031.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

State R&D credit carry-forwards of $11,481, which expire from 2022 to 2036.

Rate Reconciliation

A reconciliation of the income tax rate computed by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to income before 

income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate to the total income tax expense is as follows:

Tax at statutory rate
International rate differential(1)
Adjustments to tax accruals and reserves(2)
Research and development tax credits and domestic manufacturer’s deduction
Valuation allowance against foreign net operating loss carry-forwards(3)
Deferred tax and other adjustments, net

Income tax rate

Years Ended July 31,

2021

2020

2019

 21.0 %

 2.3 %

 3.3 %

 (1.6) %

 (4.8) %

 0.6 %

 20.8 %

 21.0 %

 5.1 %

 (2.0) %

 (2.0) %

 — %

 (2.0) %

 20.1 %

 21.0 %

 2.0 %

 (3.6) %

 (1.6) %

 0.2 %

 2.3 %

 20.3 %

(1) Represents the foreign income tax rate differential when compared to the U.S. statutory income tax rate for the years 

ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

(2) The years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, include reductions of uncertain tax positions resulting from the closure 
of audits and lapses in statues of limitations. The year ended July 31, 2021 was impacted by the recording of reserves 
for uncertain tax provisions.

(3) The year ended July 31, 2021 includes a reduction in a previously recorded valuation allowance against certain foreign 

net operating loss carry-forwards.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 740, "Income Taxes" regarding uncertain tax positions. The guidance requires 
application of a more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of income tax positions.  A reconciliation 
of unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) is as follows:

Balance as of July 31, 2018

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

Additions for tax positions of prior years 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

Lapse of statute of limitations

Cumulative translation adjustments and other

Balance as of July 31, 2019

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

Additions for tax positions of prior years 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

Lapse of statute of limitations

Cumulative translation adjustments and other

Balance as of July 31, 2020

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior years(1)
Reductions for tax positions of prior years

Lapse of statute of limitations

Cumulative translation adjustments and other

Balance as of July 31, 2021

(1) Includes acquisitions.

51

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

20,430 

2,518 

612 

(378) 

(8,140) 

(201) 

14,841 

2,798 

1,295 

(5,087) 

(117) 

(108) 

13,622 

4,664 

3,940 

(365) 

(159) 

210 

21,912 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Of  the  $21,912  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  if  recognized,  $18,717  would  affect  the  Company's  income  tax  rate.  The 
Company  has  classified  $15,427  and  $8,931,  excluding  interest  and  penalties,  of  the  reserve  for  uncertain  tax  positions  in 
"Other liabilities" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company has classified 
$6,485  and  $4,691,  excluding  interest  and  penalties,  as  a  reduction  of  long-term  deferred  income  tax  assets  on  the 
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Interest expense is recognized on the amount of potentially underpaid taxes associated with the Company's tax positions, 
beginning in the first period in which interest starts accruing under the respective tax law and continuing until the tax positions 
are settled. The Company recognized interest (expense) and benefits of ($596), $372, and $1,013 on the reserve for uncertain 
tax positions during the years ended July 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The Company also recognized (expenses) and 
benefits  related  to  penalties  of  ($595),  $96,  and  $2,357  during  the  years  ended  July  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  respectively. 
These amounts are net of reversals due to reductions for tax positions of prior years, statute of limitations, and settlements. At 
July 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $2,297 and $1,354, respectively, accrued for interest on unrecognized tax benefits. 
Penalties are accrued if the tax position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold to avoid the payment of a penalty. At 
July 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $2,098 and $658, respectively, accrued for penalties on unrecognized tax benefits. 
Interest expense and penalties are recorded as a component of "Income tax expense" in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company estimates that it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by $3,253 during 
the year ending July 31, 2022 as a result of the resolution of worldwide tax matters, tax audit settlements, amended tax filings, 
and/or  the  expiration  of  statute  of  limitations,  all  of  which,  if  recognized,  would  result  in  an  income  tax  benefit  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.

During  the  year  ended  July  31,  2021,  the  Company  recognized  $295  of  tax  benefits  (including  interest  and  penalties) 

associated with the lapse of statutes of limitations.

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  file  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.,  various  states,  and  foreign  jurisdictions.  The 

following table summarizes the open tax years for the Company's major jurisdictions:

Jurisdiction
United States — Federal

12. Net Income per Common Share

Open Tax Years

F’19 — F’21

Reconciliations  of  the  numerator  and  denominator  of  the  basic  and  diluted  per  share  computations  for  the  Company’s 

Class A and Class B common stock are summarized as follows:

Years ended July 31,

2021

2020

2019

Numerator (in thousands):

Net Income (Numerator for basic and diluted income per Class A Nonvoting 
Common Share)

$ 

129,659  $ 

112,369  $ 

131,258 

Less:

Preferential dividends

Preferential dividends on dilutive stock options

(807) 

(5) 

(828) 

(10) 

(815) 

(13) 

Numerator for basic and diluted income per Class B Voting Common Share

$ 

128,847  $ 

111,531  $ 

130,430 

Denominator (in thousands):

Denominator for basic income per share for both Class A and Class B

Plus: Effect of dilutive equity awards

Denominator for diluted income per share for both Class A and Class B

Net income per Class A Nonvoting Common Share:

Basic

Diluted

Net income per Class B Voting Common Share:

Basic

Diluted

52,039 

370 

52,409 

52,763 

468 

53,231 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.49  $ 

2.47  $ 

2.48  $ 

2.46  $ 

2.13  $ 

2.11  $ 

2.11  $ 

2.10  $ 

52,596 

727 

53,323 

2.50 

2.46 

2.48 

2.45 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Potentially  dilutive  securities  attributable  to  outstanding  stock  options  and  restricted  stock  units  were  excluded  from  the 
calculation of diluted earnings per share where the combined exercise price and average unamortized fair value were greater 
than the average market price of Brady's Class A Nonvoting Common Stock because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. 
The  amount  of  anti-dilutive  shares  were  511,189,  387,382,  and  372,255  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  July  31,  2021,  2020,  and 
2019, respectively.

13. Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with fair value accounting guidance, the Company determines fair value based on the exchange price that 
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The inputs 
used to measure fair value are classified into the following hierarchy:

Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are accessible as of the reporting date.

Level 2 — Other significant pricing inputs that are either directly or indirectly observable.

Level 3 — Significant unobservable pricing inputs, which result in the use of management's own assumptions.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company's  financial  assets  and  liabilities  that  were  accounted  for  at  fair  value  on  a 
recurring basis at July 31, 2021 and July 31, 2020, according to the valuation techniques the Company used to determine their 
fair values.

Assets:

Trading securities

Foreign exchange contracts

Liabilities:

Foreign exchange contracts

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

Fair Value Hierarchy

$ 

$ 

20,135  $ 

150 

18,606 

594 

51  $ 

777 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 2

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

Trading securities: The Company’s deferred compensation investments consist of investments in mutual funds, which are 
included in "Other assets" on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. These investments were classified as Level 1 as 
the  shares  of  these  investments  trade  with  sufficient  frequency  and  volume  to  enable  us  to  obtain  pricing  information  on  an 
ongoing basis.

Foreign exchange contracts: The Company’s foreign exchange contracts were classified as Level 2 as the fair value was 
based on the present value of the future cash flows using external models that use observable inputs, such as interest rates, yield 
curves and foreign exchange rates. See Note 14, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” for additional information.

There have been no transfers of assets or liabilities between the fair value hierarchy levels, outlined above, during the fiscal 

years ended July 31, 2021 and July 31, 2020. 

See Note 6 for information regarding the fair value of the Company's long-term debt.

14. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The  Company  utilizes  forward  foreign  exchange  currency  contracts  to  reduce  the  exchange  rate  risk  of  specific  foreign 
currency denominated transactions. These contracts typically require the exchange of a foreign currency for U.S. dollars at a 
fixed rate at a future date, with maturities of less than 18 months, which qualify as cash flow hedges or net investment hedges 
under  the  accounting  guidance  for  derivative  instruments  and  hedging  activities.  The  primary  objective  of  the  Company’s 
foreign currency exchange risk management program is to minimize the impact of currency movements due to transactions in 
other  than  the  respective  subsidiaries’  functional  currency  and  to  minimize  the  impact  of  currency  movements  on  the 
Company’s  net  investment  denominated  in  a  currency  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar.  To  achieve  this  objective,  the  Company 
hedges a portion of known exposures using forward foreign exchange contracts.

Main  foreign  currency  exposures  are  related  to  transactions  denominated  in  the  British  Pound,  Euro,  Canadian  dollar, 
Australian  dollar,  Mexican  Peso,  Chinese  Yuan,  Malaysian  Ringgit  and  Singapore  dollar.  Generally,  these  risk  management 
transactions  will  involve  the  use  of  foreign  currency  derivatives  to  minimize  the  impact  of  currency  movements  on  non-
functional currency transactions.

53

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The U.S. dollar equivalent notional amounts of outstanding forward exchange contracts were as follows as of July 31, 2021 

and 2020:

Designated as cash flow hedges

Non-designated hedges

Total foreign exchange contracts

Cash Flow Hedges

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

30,724  $ 

3,580 

34,304  $ 

24,600 

3,107 

27,707 

The Company has designated a portion of its forward foreign exchange contracts as cash flow hedges and recorded these 
contracts  at  fair  value  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  For  these  instruments,  the  gain  or  loss  on  the 
derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and reclassified into income in the same period 
or periods during which the hedged transaction affects income. At July 31, 2021 and 2020, unrealized gains of $770 and losses 
of $385 have been included in AOCI, respectively. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  amount  of  pre-tax  gains  and  losses  related  to  derivatives  designated  as  cash  flow 

hedging instruments:

Gains (losses) recognized in OCI

$ 

Gains reclassified from OCI into cost of goods sold

1,451  $ 

399 

(576)  $ 

614 

837 

1,048 

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

July 31, 2019

Fair values of derivative and hedging instruments in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows: 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange contracts (cash flow hedges)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange contracts (non-designated hedges)

Total derivative instruments

15. Acquisitions

July 31, 2021

July 31, 2020

Prepaid 
expenses and 
other current 
assets

Other 
current 
liabilities

Prepaid 
expenses and 
other current 
assets

Other 
current 
liabilities

$ 

$ 

150  $ 

51  $ 

588  $ 

761 

— 

0 

6 

150  $ 

51  $ 

594  $ 

16 

777 

On May 21, 2021, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Magicard Holdings Limited (“Magicard”), based 
in Weymouth, United Kingdom, for $56,694, net of cash received. Magicard is a manufacturer of identification card printers 
with  high-resolution,  full-color  image  capabilities,  built-in  security  features  and  the  ability  to  encode  smart  cards.  The 
intangible  assets  consist  of  a  customer  relationship  of  $18,303,  which  is  being  amortized  over  eight  years,  technology  of 
$2,837,  which  is  being  amortized  over  five  years  and  a  tradename  of  $567,  which  is  being  amortized  over  two  years.  The 
goodwill acquired of $43,235 is not tax-deductible. Magicard has a complementary product offering that allows the Company 
to  offer  new  printing  and  encoding  capabilities  to  both  new  and  existing  customers  and  is  included  in  the  Company’s  IDS 
segment.

On April 15, 2021, the Company launched an all-cash tender offer in Finland to acquire all of the outstanding, publicly-
held  shares  of  Nordic  ID  Oyj,  a  Finnish  corporation  (“Nordic  ID”)  based  in  Salo,  Finland.  Nordic  ID  specializes  in  RFID 
readers, scanners, and the associated software to power track-and-trace applications in industrial manufacturing. On May 19, 
2021, the results of the Company’s cash tender offer were finalized with 92.9% of all outstanding shares validly tendered as 
part  of  the  tender  offer.  On  May  21,  2021,  the  Company  acquired  the  shares  validly  tendered  as  part  of  the  tender  offer  for 
$9,804 plus the assumption of debt of $4,668. The intangible assets consist of a customer relationship of $3,803, which is being 
amortized over ten years and technology of $600, which is being amortized over six years. The goodwill acquired of $12,584 is 
not  tax-deductible.  Nordic  ID  has  begun  the  squeeze-out  process  after  which  Brady  intends  to  acquire  all  of  the  remaining 
outstanding  shares  and  apply  for  delisting  of  Nordic  ID  from  the  Nasdaq  First  North  Growth  Market  Finland.  Nordic  ID  is 
included in the Company’s IDS segment.

54

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

On June 16, 2021, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of The Code Corporation (“Code”), based in Salt 
Lake  City,  Utah,  for  $172,815,  net  of  cash  received.  Code  specializes  in  high-quality  barcode  scanners  and  the  associated 
software  to  power  track-and-trace  applications  in  a  variety  of  industries.  Initial  financing  for  this  acquisition  consisted  of 
$75,000  from  the  Company’s  revolving  loan  agreement  and  the  balance  from  cash  on  hand.  Prior  to  July  31,  2021,  the 
Company repaid $37,000 of the borrowing on the credit facility with cash on hand. The intangible assets consist of a customer 
relationship of $44,500, which is being amortized over nine years, technology of $6,200, which is being amortized over five 
years  and  a  tradename  of  $600,  which  is  being  amortized  over  three  years.  The  goodwill  acquired  of  $139,347  is  not  tax-
deductible.  The  final  purchase  price  allocation  is  subject  to  post-closing  adjustments  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  merger 
agreement.  Code  has  a  complementary  product  offering  that  allows  the  Company  to  expand  in  the  industrial  track-and-trace 
market and is included in the Company’s IDS segment.

The following table summarizes the combined preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the 

date of the acquisitions:

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable - net

Total inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Other assets

Accounts payable

Accrued compensation and benefits

Taxes, other than income taxes

Other current liabilities

Long-term debt

Deferred tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Less:  cash acquired

Fair value of total consideration

$ 

7,513 

15,401 

6,581 

544 

2,023 

195,166 

77,410 

3,109 

(7,584) 

(5,537) 

(4,081) 

(8,197) 

(4,668) 

(11,348) 

(14,836) 

$ 

251,496 

(7,513) 

$ 

243,983 

The  results  of  the  operations  of  the  acquired  businesses  have  been  included  since  the  date  of  acquisition  in  the 
accompanying consolidated financial statements. Acquisition-related expenses of $3,164 were recognized in SG&A during the 
year ended July 31, 2021. Pro forma information related to the acquisitions during the year ended July 31, 2020 is not included 
because the impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations is considered to be immaterial.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

16. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information

Fiscal 2020

Net sales

Gross margin
Operating income (1)
Net income

Net income per Class A Nonvoting Common Share:

Basic

Diluted
Fiscal 2021 (2)

Net sales

Gross margin

Operating income
Net income (3)
Net income per Class A Nonvoting Common Share:

Basic

Diluted

First

Second

Quarters

Third

Fourth

Total

$ 

286,947  $ 

276,665  $ 

265,943  $ 

251,744  $  1,081,299 

141,405 

139,127 

129,527 

118,506 

40,891 

37,498 

41,244 

33,553 

22,669 

13,633 

33,219 

27,685 

528,565 

138,023 

112,369 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.71  $ 

0.70  $ 

0.63  $ 

0.62  $ 

0.26  $ 

0.26  $ 

0.53  $ 

0.53  $ 

2.13 

2.11 

277,227  $ 

265,838  $ 

295,503  $ 

306,130  $  1,144,698 

135,428 

129,522 

148,847 

147,649 

42,188 

33,481 

37,412 

30,860 

46,725 

37,291 

40,802 

28,027 

561,446 

167,127 

129,659 

0.64  $ 

0.64  $ 

0.59  $ 

0.59  $ 

0.72  $ 

0.71  $ 

0.54  $ 

0.53  $ 

2.49 

2.47 

(1)  In the third quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company recognized before tax impairment charges of $13,821.
(2)  In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company acquired three companies: Nordic ID, Magicard, and Code. The operating 
results of the acquired companies are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
(3)  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  the  Company  recognized  other-than-temporary  impairment  charges  of  $4,994  of  its 
equity method investment in React Mobile, Inc.

17. Subsequent Events

On September 1, 2021, the Company announced an increase in the annual dividend to shareholders of the Company's Class 
A  Common  Stock,  from  $0.88  to  $0.90  per  share.  A  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.225  will  be  paid  on  October  29,  2021,  to 
shareholders of record at the close of business on October 8, 2021. This dividend represents an increase of 2.3% and is the 36th 
consecutive annual increase in dividends.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures:

Brady Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed by the Company in the reports filed by the Company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Exchange  Act”),  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and 
forms.  Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  include,  without  limitation,  controls  and  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that 
information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports the Company files under the Exchange Act is accumulated 
and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  the  Company’s  principal  executive  and  principal  financial 
officers,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure. 
Consistent with guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission that an assessment of a recently acquired business 
may be omitted from management's report on internal control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition, management 
excluded  an  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  related  to  Code, 
Magicard,  and  Nordic  ID.  The  Company  acquired  these  three  companies  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2021.  The 
summation of the acquisitions represented 2.0% of the Company's consolidated total assets (excluding goodwill and intangible 
assets which were included in management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting) as of July 31, 2021 and 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

1.0% of the consolidated net sales for the year ended July 31, 2021. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s President and 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer  concluded  that  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:

The  management  of  Brady  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for  the  Company,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles.

With the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, management 
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2021, based on the 
framework  and  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013),  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Consistent  with  guidance  issued  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission that an assessment of a recently acquired business may be omitted from management's report on internal control 
over financial reporting in the year of acquisition, management excluded an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  related  to  Code,  Magicard,  and  Nordic  ID.  The  summation  of  the  acquisitions 
represented 2.0% of the Company's consolidated total assets (excluding goodwill and intangible assets which were included in 
management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting) as of July 31, 2021 and 1.0% of the consolidated net sales 
for the year ended July 31, 2021. Based on the assessment, management concluded that, as of July 31, 2021, the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  misstatements  may  not  be  prevented  or 
detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to 
future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  the  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the 
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as of July 31, 2021, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, 

an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:

Except as described below, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) that occurred during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

As  mentioned  above,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  July  31,  2021,  the  Company  completed  three 
acquisitions. As part of our ongoing integration of the three companies, we continue to incorporate our internal controls and 
procedures into each of the acquired companies and subsidiaries and to expand our company-wide controls to reflect the risks 
inherent in acquisitions of this size and complexity.

57

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Brady Corporation

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Brady Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of July 
31,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control 
— Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  July  31,  2021,  of  the  Company  and  our  report 
dated September 2, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment 
the internal control over financial reporting at Code, Magicard, and Nordic ID which were acquired in the fourth quarter, and 
whose  financial  statements  constitute  2.0%  of  total  assets  (excluding  goodwill  and  intangibles  which  were  included  in 
management's  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  July  31,  2021)  and  1.0%  of  revenues  of  the 
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended July 31, 2021. Accordingly, our audit did not include the 
internal control over financial reporting at Code, Magicard, and Nordic ID.

Basis for Opinion

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all 
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

58

Table of Contents

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
September 2, 2021

59

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Name
J. Michael Nauman         

Age
59

Title
President, CEO and Director

Aaron J. Pearce

Bentley N. Curran

Pascal Deman

Helena R. Nelligan

Russell R. Shaller

Ann E. Thornton

Andrew T. Gorman

Patrick W. Allender

David S. Bem

Elizabeth P. Bruno

Nancy L. Gioia

Frank W. Harris

Bradley C. Richardson

Michelle E. Williams

50

59

56

55

58

39

41

74

52

54

61

79

63

60

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

V.P. - Digital Business and Chief Information Officer

V.P., General Manager - Workplace Safety

Senior V.P. - Human Resources

Senior V.P., President - Identification Solutions

Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller

General Counsel and Secretary

Director

Director

Director

Director 

Director

Director

Director

J. Michael Nauman - Mr. Nauman has served on the Company’s Board of Directors and as the Company’s President and 
CEO since August 2014. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Nauman spent 20 years at Molex Incorporated, where he led global 
businesses  in  the  automotive,  data  communications,  industrial,  medical,  military/aerospace  and  mobile  sectors.  In  2007,  he 
became Molex's Senior Vice President leading its Global Integrated Products Division and was named Executive Vice President 
in 2009. Before joining Molex in 1994, Mr. Nauman was a tax accountant and auditor for Arthur Andersen and Company and 
Controller and then President of Ohio Associated Enterprises, Inc. Mr. Nauman’s broad operational and financial experience 
and perspective as the Company's CEO, as well as his leadership and strategic perspective, provide the Board with insight and 
expertise  to  drive  the  Company’s  growth  and  performance.  In  2021,  Mr.  Nauman  was  elected  to  the  Board  of  Directors  of 
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: CVGI). Mr. Nauman holds a bachelor’s of science degree in management from 
Case Western Reserve University. He is a certified public accountant and chartered global management accountant.

Aaron  J.  Pearce  -  Mr.  Pearce  joined  the  Company  in  2004  as  Director  of  Internal  Audit  and  currently  serves  as  Chief 
Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer.  Mr.  Pearce  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  in  September 
2014, and Chief Accounting Officer in July 2015. From 2006 to 2008, he served as Finance Director for the Company’s Asia-
Pacific  region,  and  from  2008  to  2010,  served  as  Global  Tax  Director.  In  January  2010,  Mr.  Pearce  was  appointed  Vice 
President,  Treasurer,  and  Director  of  Investor  Relations,  and  in  April  2013,  was  named  Vice  President  -  Finance,  with 
responsibility  for  finance  support  to  the  Company’s  Workplace  Safety  and  Identification  Solutions  businesses,  financial 
planning and analysis, and investor relations. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Pearce was an auditor with Deloitte & Touche 
LLP. He holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and is a certified 
public accountant.

60

Table of Contents

Bentley  N.  Curran  -  Mr.  Curran  joined  the  Company  in  1999  and  has  served  as  Vice  President  of  Digital  Business  and 
Chief  Information  Officer  since  2012.  He  has  also  served  as  Chief  Information  Officer  and  Vice  President  of  Information 
Technology. Prior to joining Brady, Mr. Curran served in a variety of technology leadership roles for Compucom and the Speed 
Queen Company. He holds a bachelor's degree in business administration from Marian University and an associate of science 
degree in electronics and engineering systems.

Pascal  Deman  -  Mr.  Deman  joined  the  Company  in  2014  and  has  served  as  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of 
Workplace  Safety  since  2020.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Deman  worked  at  Nisbets  Plc.,  as  Executive  Adviser  and 
General  Manager,  Europe  and  North  America.  Prior  to  working  at  Nisbets,  Mr.  Deman  worked  for  the  Company  from  1998 
through  2012,  holding  numerous  positions  of  increasing  responsibilities  and  scope.  He  holds  a  degree  in  marketing  from 
Hogeschool in Antwerp, Belgium.

Helena R. Nelligan - Ms. Nelligan joined the Company as Senior Vice President - Human Resources in November 2013. 
Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  she  was  employed  by  Eaton  Corporation  beginning  in  2005.  At  Eaton,  she  served  as  Vice 
President of Human Resources - Electrical Products Group, Vice President - Human Resources, Electrical Sector and Director 
Human Resources - Electrical Components Division. From 1997 to 2005, Ms. Nelligan served in human resources leadership 
roles  with  Merisant  Worldwide,  Inc.  and  British  Petroleum.  She  holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  criminal  justice  and  a  master’s 
degree in human resources and labor relations from Michigan State University.

Russell R. Shaller - Mr. Shaller joined the Company in June 2015 as Senior Vice President and President - Identification 
Solutions.  From  2008  to  2015,  he  served  as  President,  Teledyne  Microwave  Solutions.  Before  joining  Teledyne,  Mr.  Shaller 
held  a  number  of  positions  of  increasing  responsibility  at  W.L.  Gore  &  Associates,  including  Division  Leader,  Electronic 
Products Division from 2003 to 2008 and General Manager of Gore Photonics from 2001 to 2003. Prior to joining W.L. Gore in 
1993,  Mr.  Shaller  worked  in  engineering  and  program  management  positions  at  Westinghouse  Corporation.  He  holds  a 
bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from the University of Michigan, a master’s degree in electrical engineering from 
Johns Hopkins University and a master’s degree in business administration from the University of Delaware.

Ann E. Thornton - Ms. Thornton joined the Company in 2009 and has served as Chief Accounting Officer since 2016 and 
as  Corporate  Controller  and  Director  of  Investor  Relations  since  2015.  She  held  the  positions  of  Corporate  Accounting 
Supervisor, Corporate Accounting Manager, External Reporting Manager, Corporate Finance Manager and Director of Global 
Accounting from 2009 to 2014. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Thornton was an auditor with PricewaterhouseCoopers from 
2005 to 2009. She has a bachelor’s degree in business administration and a master of accountancy degree from the University 
of Wisconsin-Madison and is a certified public accountant.

Andrew T. Gorman - Mr. Gorman joined the Company as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in April 2020. Prior to 
joining the Company, he was employed at AptarGroup, Inc., beginning in 2012. At AptarGroup, he served as Vice President, 
General  Counsel,  North  America,  Compliance  Officer  and  Assistant  Secretary.  Before  joining  AptarGroup,  he  counseled 
corporate clients in private practice, including as an attorney at Mayer Brown, LLP in Chicago, where Mr. Gorman started his 
legal career. He holds a juris doctor from Loyola University Chicago School of Law, a master in professional accounting from 
The  University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  a  bachelor  of  business  administration  from  The  University  of  Texas  at  Austin  and  is  a 
certified public accountant. 

Patrick W. Allender - Mr. Allender was elected to the Board of Directors in 2007. He serves as the Chair of the Finance 
Committee and as a member of the Audit and Corporate Governance Committees. He served as Executive Vice President and 
CFO of Danaher Corporation from 1998 to 2005 and Executive Vice President from 2005 to 2007. He has served as a director 
of Colfax Corporation (NYSE: CFX) since 2008, and previously served as a director of Diebold Nixdorf, Inc. (NYSE: DBD) 
from  2011  to  2020.  He  has  a  bachelor's  degree  in  accounting  from  Loyola  University  Maryland  and  is  a  certified  public 
accountant. Mr. Allender's strong background in finance and accounting, as well as his past experience as the CFO of a public 
company, provides the Board with financial expertise and insight.

David S. Bem, Ph.D - Dr. Bem was elected to the Board of Directors in 2019. He serves as a member of the Management 
Development and Compensation, Audit and Technology Committees. Dr. Bem is Vice President, Science and Technology and 
Chief  Technology  Officer  of  PPG.  Prior  to  PPG,  he  spent  8  years  at  Dow  Chemical  Company  in  a  number  of  research  and 
development  roles,  most  recently  as  Vice  President,  Research  and  Development  Consumer  Solutions  and  Infrastructure 
Solutions, and also worked in research and development roles at Celanese Corporation and UOP/Honeywell International, Inc. 
He  has  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  chemistry  from  West  Virginia  University  and  a  doctorate  in  inorganic  chemistry  from  the 
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Dr. Bem’s extensive experience in technology and research and development provides 
the Board with important expertise in new product development and innovation.

61

Table of Contents

Elizabeth  P.  Bruno,  Ph.D  -  Dr.  Bruno  was  elected  to  the  Board  of  Directors  in  2003.  She  serves  as  the  Chair  of  the 
Corporate Governance Committee and is a member of the Finance and Technology Committees. Dr. Bruno is the President of 
the  Brady  Education  Foundation  in  Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina.  Dr.  Bruno  has  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  psychology  from  the 
University of Rochester, a master of child clinical psychology degree from the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill and a 
doctorate in developmental psychology from the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill. She is the granddaughter of William 
H. Brady, Jr., the founder of Brady Corporation. As a result of her substantial ownership stake in the Company, as well as her 
family's history with the Company, she is well positioned to understand, articulate and advocate for the rights and interests of 
the Company's shareholders.

Nancy  L.  Gioia  -  Ms.  Gioia  was  elected  to  the  Board  of  Directors  in  2013.  She  serves  as  the  Chair  of  the  Management 
Development  and  Compensation  Committee,  and  is  a  member  of  the  Technology  Committee.  She  was  the  Director,  Global 
Electrical  Connectivity  and  User  Experience  for  Ford  Motor  Company  until  her  retirement  in  2014,  where  she  also  held  a 
variety  of  engineering  and  technology  roles  including,  Director,  Global  Electrification;  Director,  Sustainable  Mobility 
Technologies  and  Hybrid  Vehicle  Programs;  Director,  North  America  Current  Vehicle  Model  Quality;  Engineering  Director, 
Visteon/Ford Due Diligence; Engineering Director, Small Front Wheel Drive/Rear Wheel Drive Car Platforms-North America; 
and Vehicle Programs Director, Lifestyle Vehicles. She has served as a director of Meggitt PLC (LSE: MGGT) since 2017 and 
as the Executive Director of Blue Current since 2019, and previously served as director of Exelon Corporation (NYSE: EXC). 
In 2021, Ms. Gioia was elected to the Board of Directors of Lucid Motors, Inc. (NASDAQ: LCID). Ms. Gioia has a bachelor’s 
degree  in  electrical  engineering  from  the  University  of  Michigan  and  a  master  of  manufacturing  systems  engineering  degree 
from  Stanford  University.  Ms.  Gioia's  extensive  experience  in  strategy,  technology  and  engineering  solutions,  as  well  as  her 
general business experience, provides the Board with important expertise in product development and operations.

Frank  W.  Harris,  Ph.D  -  Dr.  Harris  was  elected  to  the  Board  of  Directors  in  1991.  He  serves  as  a  member  of  the 
Technology  and  Management  Development  and  Compensation  Committees.  He  is  the  founder  of  several  technology-based 
companies including Akron Polymer Systems, where he serves as Chair of the Board of Directors. Dr. Harris is the inventor of 
several commercialized products. He is an Emeritus Distinguished Professor of Polymer Science and Biomedical Engineering 
at The University of Akron, where he previously served as Director of the Maurice Morton Institute of Polymer Science. Dr. 
Harris has a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from the University of Missouri, and a master of organic chemistry and doctorate in 
organic  chemistry  from  the  University  of  Iowa.  Dr.  Harris’  extensive  experience  in  technology  and  engineering  solutions 
provides the Board with important expertise in new product development.

Bradley C. Richardson - Mr. Richardson was elected to the Board of Directors in 2007 and became Chairman of the Board 
in May 2021. He serves as the Chair of the Board of Directors and the Chair of the Audit Committee and is a member of the 
Corporate  Governance,  Finance  and  Management  Development  and  Compensation  Committees.  He  served  as  the  Executive 
Vice President and CFO of Avient Corporation from 2013 through 2020. He previously served as the Executive Vice President 
and  CFO  of  Diebold,  Inc.  and  as  Executive  Vice  President  Corporate  Strategy  and  CFO  of  Modine  Manufacturing.  Prior  to 
Modine, he spent 21 years with BP Amoco serving in various financial and operational roles. Mr. Richardson has served on the 
boards  of  Modine  Manufacturing  and  Tronox,  Inc.  Mr.  Richardson  has  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  finance  and  economics  from 
Miami University and a master of business administration in accounting and finance from Indiana University. He brings to the 
Company  extensive  knowledge  and  global  experience  in  the  areas  of  operations,  strategy,  accounting,  tax  accounting  and 
finance, which are areas of critical importance to the Company as a global company.

Michelle E. Williams, Ph.D - Dr. Williams was elected to the Board of Directors in 2019. She serves as the Chair of the 
Technology Committee and is a member of the Management Development and Compensation Committee. Dr. Williams served 
as Global Group President of Altuglas International, a subsidiary of Arkema S.A., through May 2021. Prior to joining Arkema 
in  2011,  she  spent  23  years  with  Rohm  and  Haas  Company  and  Dow  Chemical  in  manufacturing,  commercial,  strategy  and 
general  management  positions.  She  was  General  Manager,  Chemical  Mechanical  Polishing  Technologies,  and  later,  General 
Manager, Adhesives and Sealants. She has a bachelor’s degree in chemistry from Pace University and a doctorate in physical 
chemistry  from  the  University  of  Utah.  Dr.  Williams’  experience  in  commercial,  technology  and  business  leadership  roles 
provides the Board with important expertise in innovation, new product development and operations.

All directors are elected to serve until their respective successors are elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. 
Officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. None of the Company's directors or executive officers has any family 
relationship with any other director or executive officer.

Board  Leadership  Structure  -  The  Board  does  not  have  a  formal  policy  regarding  the  separation  of  the  roles  of  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  Chair  of  the  Board,  as  the  Board  believes  it  is  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Company  to  make  that 
determination based on the position and direction of the Company and the membership of the Board. Since September 2015, the 
Board’s  leadership  structure  has  included  a  non-executive  Chair  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  Mr.  Goodkind,  an  independent 
director, served in that position until his retirement from the Board on May 21, 2021. At the same time, Mr. Richardson was 

62

Table of Contents

elected  as  the  replacement  for  the  non-executive  Chair  of  the  Board.  The  duties  of  the  non-executive  Chair  include,  among 
others: chairing meetings of the Board and executive sessions of the non-management directors; meeting periodically with the 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  consulting  as  necessary  with  management  on  current  significant  issues  facing  the  Company; 
facilitating  effective  communication  among  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  all  members  of  the  Board;  and  overseeing  the 
Board's shareholder communication policies and procedures.

The  Board  believes  that  its  current  leadership  structure  enhances  the  Board's  oversight  of,  and  independence  from, 
Company  management;  the  ability  of  the  Board  to  carry  out  its  roles  and  responsibilities  on  behalf  of  the  Company’s 
shareholders; and the Company’s overall corporate governance.

Risk  Oversight  -  The  Board  oversees  the  Company's  risk  management  processes  directly  and  through  its  committees.  In 
general, the Board oversees the management of risks inherent in the operation of the Company's businesses, the implementation 
of  its  strategic  plan,  its  acquisition  and  capital  allocation  program  and  its  organizational  structure.  Each  of  the  Board's 
committees also oversees the management of Company risks that fall within the respective committee's areas of responsibility. 
The Company's management is responsible for reporting significant risks to executive management as a part of the disclosure 
process. The significance of the risk is assessed by executive management and escalated to the respective board committee or 
the Board of Directors as deemed appropriate. The Company reviews its risk assessment with the Audit Committee annually.

Audit  Committee  Financial  Expert  -  The  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  at  least  one  Audit  Committee  financial 
expert  is  serving  on  its  Audit  Committee.  Messrs.  Richardson,  Chair  of  the  Audit  Committee,  and  Allender  member  of  the 
Audit Committee, are financial experts and are independent under the rules of the SEC and the NYSE.

Director Independence - A majority of the directors must meet the criteria for independence established by the Board in 
accordance with the rules of the NYSE. In determining the independence of a director, the Board must find that a director has 
no  relationship  that  may  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  his  or  her  independence  from  management  and  the  Company.  In 
undertaking  this  determination  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  directors  other  than  Mr.  Nauman,  the  Board  considered  the 
commercial  relationships  of  the  Company,  if  any,  with  those  entities  that  have  employed  the  Company’s  directors.  The 
commercial relationships, which involved the purchase and sale of products on customary terms, did not exceed the maximum 
amounts  proscribed  by  the  director  independence  rules  of  the  NYSE.  Furthermore,  the  compensation  paid  to  the  Company’s 
directors by their employers was not linked in any way to the commercial relationships their employers had with the Company 
in fiscal 2021. After consideration of these factors, the Board concluded that the commercial relationships were not material and 
did not prevent the Company’s directors from being considered independent. Based on application of the NYSE independence 
criteria,  all  directors,  with  the  exception  of  Mr.  Nauman,  President  and  CEO,  are  deemed  independent.  All  members  of  the 
Audit, Management Development and Compensation, and Corporate Governance Committees are deemed independent.

Meetings of Non-management Directors - The non-management directors of the Board regularly meet alone without any 
members of management present. The Chair of the Board, Mr. Richardson, is the presiding director at these sessions. In fiscal 
2021,  there  were  executive  sessions  at  all  regularly  scheduled  Board  meetings.  Interested  parties  can  raise  concerns  to  be 
addressed at these meetings by calling the confidential Brady hotline at 1-800-368-3613.

Audit Committee Members - The Audit Committee, which is a separately-designated standing committee of the Board of 
Directors,  is  composed  of  Messrs.  Richardson  (Chair),  Allender  and  Bem.  Each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  has  been 
determined by the Board to be independent under the rules of the SEC and NYSE.

Code of Ethics - The Company has a code of ethics. This code of ethics applies to all of the Company's employees, officers 
and directors. The code of ethics can be viewed at the Company's corporate website, www.bradyid.com, or may be obtained in 
print  by  any  person,  without  charge,  by  contacting  Brady  Corporation,  Investor  Relations,  P.O.  Box  571,  Milwaukee,  WI 
53201. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, 
or a waiver from, a provision of its code of ethics by placing such information on its Internet website.

Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  -  Brady's  Corporate  Governance  Principles,  as  well  as  the  charters  of  the  Audit, 
Corporate  Governance  and  Management  Development  and  Compensation  Committees,  are  available  on  the  Company's 
Corporate website, www.bradyid.com. Shareholders may request printed copies of these documents from Brady Corporation, 
Investor Relations, P.O. Box 571, Milwaukee, WI 53201.

Director Qualifications - Brady's Corporate Governance Committee reviews the individual skills and characteristics of the 
directors,  as  well  as  the  composition  of  the  Board  as  a  whole.  This  assessment  includes  a  consideration  of  independence, 
diversity, age, skills, expertise, and industry backgrounds in the context of the needs of the Board and the Company. Although 
the Company has no policy regarding diversity, the Corporate Governance Committee seeks a broad range of perspectives and 
considers  both  the  personal  characteristics  and  experience  of  directors  and  prospective  nominees  to  the  Board  so  that,  as  a 
group, the Board will possess the appropriate talent, skills and expertise to oversee the Company's businesses. The Board does 

63

Table of Contents

not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  national  origin,  gender,  religion,  disability,  or  sexual  orientation  in  selecting  director 
candidates.

DELINQUENT SECTION 16(a) REPORTS

To  the  Company’s  knowledge,  based  solely  on  a  review  of  the  Section  16(a)  filings  and  written  representations  that  no 
other reports were required, during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021, all Section 16(a) filing requirements were complied with 
applicable to the Company's officers, directors and greater than 10 percent beneficial owners.

64

Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

Our  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  describes  the  Company's  executive  compensation  pay-for-performance 
philosophy  and  practices,  the  elements  of  our  executive  compensation  programs,  and  the  compensation  decisions  the 
Management Development and Compensation Committee (the "Committee") has made under those programs and the factors 
considered in making those decisions.

For  fiscal  2021,  the  following  named  executive  officers'  (the  "NEOs")  compensation  is  disclosed  and  discussed  in  this 

section:

•
•
•
•
•

J. Michael Nauman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director;
Aaron J. Pearce, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer;
Bentley N. Curran, Vice President, Digital Business and Chief Information Officer;
Helena R. Nelligan, Senior Vice President, Human Resources; and
Russell R. Shaller, Senior Vice President and President - Identification Solutions.

Executive Summary

Fiscal 2021 Business Highlights

Refer  to  Item  1  "General  Development  of  Business"  for  a  business  overview  and  key  initiatives  during  fiscal  2021. 

Highlights for fiscal 2021 include:

•

•

•

Our fiscal 2021 income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate was $171.0 million, an increase of 
$30.1 million from fiscal 2020 income before income taxes and losses of unconsolidated affiliate of $140.9 million.
Cash  flow  from  operating  activities  was  $205.7  million  during  fiscal  2021,  an  increase  of  $64.7  million  from  fiscal 
2020.
Net  sales  were  $1,144.7  million  in  fiscal  2021  compared  to  $1,081.3  million  in  fiscal  2020,  an  increase  of  5.9%. 
Organic sales increased 1.6%, foreign currency translation increased sales by 3.2% and acquisitions increased sales by 
1.1%.

Refer  to  Item  7  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  for  further 

discussion of fiscal 2021 results, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Fiscal 2021 Executive Summary

As a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, the base salaries of the NEOs remained unchanged 
for fiscal 2021. Fiscal 2021 equity grants were made in the form of time-based stock options, time-based restricted stock units 
("RSUs") and performance-based RSUs ("PRSUs"), of which the quantity was based upon the average stock price on the grant 
date.  Generally,  one-third  of  the  award  granted  was  in  the  form  of  stock  options  that  vest  equally  over  a  three-year  period, 
which  are  inherently  performance-based  and  have  value  only  to  the  extent  that  the  price  of  the  Company's  stock  increases. 
Another one-third of the award granted was in the form of RSUs that vest equally over three years and are intended to facilitate 
retention and align with the creation of long-term shareholder value. The final one-third of the award granted was in the form of 
PRSUs, which reinforce the Company's pay-for-performance philosophy in which the level of rewards is aligned to Company 
performance. The PRSU awards granted in fiscal 2021 have a three-year performance period with the number of shares issued 
at vesting determined by the Company's total shareholder return ("TSR") relative to the S&P 600 SmallCap Industrials Index. 
Payout opportunities will range from 0% to 200% of the target award at the end of the three-year performance period.

65

Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Practices

As part of the Company's pay-for-performance philosophy, the Company's compensation program includes several features 

that maintain alignment with shareholders:

Emphasis on Variable 
Compensation

A  significant  portion  of  each  NEO's  total  compensation  opportunity  is  tied  to  Company 
performance, which is intended to drive shareholder value.

Ownership Requirements

Clawback Provisions

Performance Thresholds and 
Caps

Insider Trading Policy

The  Company  believes  that  the  interests  of  shareholders  and  executives  become  aligned 
when executives become shareholders in possession of a meaningful amount of Company 
stock.  Furthermore,  stock  ownership  requirements  encourage  positive  performance 
behaviors  and  discourage  executive  officers  from  taking  excessive  risk.  In  order  to 
encourage  our  executive  officers  and  directors  to  acquire  and  retain  ownership  of  a 
significant number of shares of the Company's stock, stock ownership requirements have 
been established and are equal to a specified multiple of the executive officer's base salary. 
Our  NEOs  are  expected  to  obtain  the  required  ownership  levels  within  five  years  of 
becoming  an  executive  officer.  Refer  to  heading  "Stock  Ownership  Requirements"  for 
further discussion of the stock ownership requirements established for each NEO and the 
actions that the Company may take when an executive is not in compliance with his or her 
respective stock ownership requirement.

There  is  a  recoupment  policy  under  which  incentive  compensation  payments  and/or 
awards may be recouped by the Company if such payments and/or awards were based on 
erroneous  results.  The  recoupment  policy  applies  to  executive  officers  and  other  key 
executives who participate in any of the Company's incentive plans and have engaged in 
intentional  misconduct  that  results  in  a  material  inaccuracy  in  the  Company's  financial 
statements  or  fraudulent  or  other  willful  and  deliberate  conduct  that  is  detrimental  to  the 
Company  or  there  is  a  material,  negative  revision  of  a  performance  measure  for  which 
incentive compensation was paid or awarded. Under the policy, the Committee may take a 
variety of actions including, among others, seeking repayment of incentive compensation 
(cash  and/or  equity)  that  is  greater  than  what  would  have  been  awarded  if  the 
compensation  had  been  based  on  accurate  results  and  the  forfeiture  of  incentive 
compensation.  As  this  policy  suggests,  the  Committee  believes  that  any  incentive 
compensation  should  be  based  only  on  accurate  and  reliable  financial  and  operational 
information, and, thus, any inappropriately paid incentive compensation should be returned 
to  the  Company  for  the  benefit  of  shareholders.  The  Committee  believes  that  this  policy 
enhances the Company's compensation risk mitigation efforts. While the policy affords the 
Committee  discretion  regarding  the  application  and  enforcement  of  the  policy,  the 
Company  and  the  Committee  will  conform  the  policy  to  any  requirements  that  may  be 
promulgated by the national stock exchanges, as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street 
Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Excessive  risk-tasking  is  mitigated  by  utilizing  caps  on  incentive  plan  payouts,  multiple 
performance  metrics,  and  different  performance  metrics  for  our  annual  cash  incentive 
program and long-term incentive awards. Our cash incentive awards are determined based 
on  financial  results  for  organic  revenue,  income  before  income  taxes,  division  organic 
revenue and division operating income, which aggregate to a maximum payout of 200% of 
target.  Executive  officers  then  receive  a  performance  rating  that  results  in  a  multiplier 
ranging from 0% to 150%, resulting in a maximum payout of 300% of target.

We grant equity compensation to executive officers that promotes long-term financial and 
operating  performance  by  delivering  incremental  value  to  the  extent  our  stock  price 
increases over time. Performance-based RSUs incorporate Company performance relative 
to a benchmark over a three-year period and have a maximum payout of 200% of target.

Our Insider Trading Policy prohibits executive officers from trading during certain periods 
each  quarter  until  after  we  disclose  our  financial  and  operating  results.  We  may  impose 
additional restricted trading periods at any time if we believe trading by executives would 
not be appropriate because of developments that are, or could be, material and which have 
not  been  publicly  disclosed.  The  Insider  Trading  Policy  also  prohibits  the  pledging  of 
Company stock as collateral for loans, holding Company securities in a margin account by 
officers, directors or employees, and the hedging of Company securities.

Annual Risk Reviews

The Company conducts an annual compensation-related risk review and presents findings 
and suggested risk mitigation actions to both the Audit and Management Development and 
Compensation Committees.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The Company’s compensation programs also maintain alignment with shareholders by not including certain features:

No Excessive Change of 
Control Payments

No Employment Agreements 
with Severance Arrangements

Mr.  Nauman's  maximum  cash  benefit  is  equal  to  his  two  times  his  base  salary  and  two 
times  his  target  annual  cash  incentive  plus  a  prorated  target  annual  cash  incentive  in  the 
year in which the termination occurs. For all other NEOs, their maximum cash benefit is 
equal  to  two  times  salary  and  two  times  the  average  annual  cash  incentive  payment 
received in the three years immediately prior to the date the change of control occurs. In 
the event of a change of control, unexercised stock options become fully exercisable or, if 
canceled,  each  named  executive  officer  shall  be  given  cash  or  stock  equal  to  the  in-the-
money  value  of  the  canceled  stock  options.  In  the  event  of  a  change  of  control, 
performance-based and time-based RSUs become unrestricted and fully vested at target.

The  Company  does  not  maintain  any  employment  agreements  with  its  executives  that 
contain  provision  of  benefits  related  to  termination  of  employment.  The  offer  letters  for 
Messrs.  Nauman  and  Shaller  provide  that  each  is  deemed  an  at-will  employee,  but  will 
receive  a  severance  benefit  in  the  event  his  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company 
without cause or for good reason as described in the respective offer letter.

No Reloads, Repricing, or 
Options Issued at a Discount

Stock  options  issued  are  not  repriced,  replaced,  or  regranted  through  cancellation  or  by 
lowering the option price of a previously granted option.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We seek to align the interests of our executives with those of our shareholders by evaluating performance on the basis of 
key financial measurements that we believe closely correlate to long-term shareholder value. To this end, we have structured 
our compensation program to accomplish the following:

•
•

Allow the Company to attract, retain, motivate, develop and reward talented executives;
Deliver  compensation  plans  that  are  both  internally  equitable  when  comparing  similar  roles  and  levels  within  the 
Company  and  externally  competitive  when  comparing  to  the  external  market  and  the  Company’s  designated  peer 
group;

• Maintain an appropriate balance between base salary and short-term and long-term incentive opportunities;
•

Provide  integrated  compensation  programs  aligned  to  the  Company’s  annual  and  long-term  financial  goals  and 
realized performance in order to reward the successful creation of long-term shareholder value;
Recognize and reward individual initiative and achievement with the amount of compensation each executive receives 
reflective of the executive’s level of proficiency within his or her role and their level of sustained performance; and
Institute a pay-for-performance philosophy where the level of rewards is aligned to Company performance results.

•

•

Determining Compensation

Management Development & Compensation Committee’s Role

The Committee is responsible for fulfilling the following responsibilities and duties:

•
•

•
•
•

•
•

Review, approve and monitor the compensation of the Company's CEO and executive officers.
Review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the CEO and executive officers and evaluate CEO and 
executive officer performance in light of those goals and objectives.
Review and approve executive compensation, benefits, policies and strategies to support corporate objectives.  
Review the development plan process of key executives.
Evaluate compensation programs, policies and practices for potential risk and to ensure they do not foster excessive 
risk.  
Administers the Company's equity incentive plans.
Consult with management regarding executive compensation.

On an annual basis, with respect to executive officers, the Committee approves base salary adjustments, long-term equity 
incentive awards, the cash incentives paid for the achievement of performance metrics in the prior fiscal year and the annual 
cash incentive performance targets for the upcoming fiscal year. In addition, the Committee annually reviews a summary of the 
elements  of  compensation  for  each  executive  officer  in  order  to  evaluate,  among  other  items,  how  a  potential  change  to  an 
element  of  our  compensation  program  would  affect  the  respective  executive  officer's  overall  compensation.  When  a  new 
executive officer is hired, the Committee is involved in reviewing and approving base salary, annual incentive target, sign-on 
incentives, annual equity awards, and other aspects of the executive's compensation.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Consultants’ Role

The  Committee  has  historically  utilized  the  services  of  an  executive  compensation  consulting  firm  and  legal  counsel  to 
assist with the review and evaluation of compensation levels and policies on a periodic basis, as well as to provide advice with 
respect  to  new  or  modified  compensation  programs.  In  fiscal  2021,  the  Committee  utilized  the  services  of  Meridian 
Compensation Partners, Pay Governance and Compensation Strategies, Inc. as compensation consultants and Quarles & Brady 
LLP as legal counsel, each of which were determined to be independent by the Corporate Governance Committee. 

Management’s Role

To  aid  in  determining  compensation  for  fiscal  2021,  management  obtained  compensation  data  on  peer  group  executive 
officer  compensation  through  a  standard  data  subscription  with  Equilar,  Inc.  and  published  survey  data  from  various  third-
parties. Our CEO, Mr. Nauman, used this data to make recommendations to the Committee concerning compensation for each 
executive officer other than himself. Mr. Nauman makes no recommendation with respect to his own compensation. In setting 
compensation for each executive officer, the Committee takes into consideration these recommendations, along with Company 
results  during  the  fiscal  year,  the  level  of  responsibility  and  demonstrated  leadership  capability,  third-party  market 
compensation data, and the results of annual performance reviews which, for our CEO, included a self-assessment and feedback 
from  his  direct  reports  and  each  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Committee  took  into  consideration  the 
recommendations of Meridian Compensation Partners, with respect to compensation elements for the CEO. Mr. Nauman did 
not  attend  the  portion  of  any  committee  meeting  during  which  the  Committee  discussed  matters  related  specifically  to  his 
compensation.

Elements of Compensation

Our total compensation program includes five elements: base salary, annual cash incentives, long-term equity incentives, 
employee benefits, and perquisites. We use these elements of compensation to attract, retain, motivate, develop and reward our 
executives.

Our compensation philosophy is to allocate a significant portion of total compensation to long-term compensation (equity 
incentive  awards)  in  order  to  align  the  achievement  of  performance  goals  for  our  executives  with  shareholder  interests.  For 
fiscal 2021, equity incentive awards comprised 67% of Mr. Nauman’s total target compensation and on average, 50% of the 
total target compensation of the other NEOs.

68

Table of Contents

The  total  of  base  salary,  annual  cash,  and  long-term  equity  incentive  compensation  elements,  in  general,  is  targeted  at 
market median (50th percentile) up to 75th percentile for the achievement of performance goals, with an opportunity for above 
market median pay when performance is achieved. Our compensation structure is balanced by the payment of below market 
median compensation to our NEOs when actual financial results or individual performance do not meet expected results. The 
following table describes the purpose of each compensation element and how that element is related to our pay-for-performance 
approach:

Compensation Element  
Base salary

Purpose 
  A fixed level of income used to 
attract and retain executives by 
compensating for the primary 
functions and responsibilities 
of the position.

Annual cash incentive 
award

Annual long-term equity 
incentive award: Time-
based stock options, 
time-based RSUs and 
performance-based 
RSUs

  To attract, retain, motivate and 
reward executives for 
achieving or exceeding annual 
performance goals at total 
Company and division levels.

  To attract, retain, motivate and 
reward executives for the 
successful creation of long-
term shareholder value.

Performance Alignment
Base  salary  increase  depends  upon  individual  performance,  job 
proficiency and market competitiveness.

Financial  performance  and  individual  performance  of  each 
executive  determines  the  amount  of  the  executive's  annual  cash 
incentive award.

An assessment of executive leadership, experience and expected 
future  contribution,  combined  with  market  data,  are  used  to 
determine the amount of equity granted to each executive.

Stock options are inherently performance-based in that the value 
is dependent upon the increase in the Company's stock price.

Time-based RSUs are intended to facilitate retention and to align 
executives with the creation of long-term shareholder value.

Performance-based  RSUs  are  intended  to  align  executives  with 
long-term 
long-term  financial  goals  and 
shareholder value.

the  creation  of 

Benchmarking Total Compensation

The Committee uses peer group data to test the reasonableness and competitiveness of several elements of compensation, 
including  base  salaries,  annual  cash  incentives,  and  long-term  equity  awards  of  positions  similar  to  those  of  our  NEOs.  The 
following 18 companies were included in the fiscal 2021 total compensation analysis conducted using publicly available data:

Apogee Enterprises, Inc.

Federal Signal Corp.

MSA Safety Incorporated

Balchem Corporation
Barnes Group Inc.

Enerpac Tool Group Corp.
EnPro Industries, Inc.

ESCO Technologies Inc.

GCP Applied Technologies Inc.
Graco Inc.

Neenah, Inc.
Nordson Corporation

IDEX Corporation
II-VI Incorporated

Ingevity Corporation

Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.
TriMas Corporation

Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

Fiscal 2021 Named Executive Officer Compensation

Base Salaries

The table below reflects the base salary for each NEO in effect at the end of each fiscal year. As a result of the impact of 

the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, the base salaries of the NEOs remained unchanged for fiscal 2021.

Named Executive Officer
J. Michael Nauman
Aaron J. Pearce
Bentley N. Curran
Helena R. Nelligan
Russell R. Shaller

69

July 31, 2021
$ 

830,180  $ 
415,073 
316,952 
326,290 
400,151 

July 31, 2020
830,180 
415,073 
316,952 
326,290 
400,151 

Percentage Change
 — %
 — %
 — %
 — %
 — %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

  Annual Cash Incentive Awards

The Company is managed on a global basis with two reportable segments: IDS and WPS. All executives participate in an 
annual cash incentive plan. In order to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the market and business environment, 
the  annual  cash  incentive  plan  was  based  on  the  quarterly  financial  results  of  the  Company  or  division  for  fiscal  2021. 
Management  and  the  Committee  annually  evaluate  the  performance  metrics  of  the  cash  incentive  award  program,  and 
concluded  that  the  elements  of  the  fiscal  2021  plan  represent  critical  elements  of  the  Company’s  performance  that  when 
combined, are designed to result in sustainable long-term sales and profit growth. Set forth below is a description of the fiscal 
2021 financial performance metrics for the annual cash incentive plan:

Performance 
Metric
Total organic sales

Income before 
income taxes

Definition
Total  organic  sales  is  measured  as  total  net  sales  calculated  in 
accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  excluding  the  impact  of  foreign 
currency translation, acquisitions and divestitures.

Weighting
35%

Income  before  income  taxes  is  defined  as  total  net  sales  minus 
total expenses before deducting income tax expense calculated in 
accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  excluding  the  impact  of  foreign 
currency  translation.  Income  before  income  taxes  excludes  the 
impact of acquisitions, divestitures and unconsolidated affiliates.

65%

NEO
Messrs. Nauman, 
Pearce, Curran and 
Ms. Nelligan

Messrs. Nauman, 
Pearce, Curran and 
Ms. Nelligan

Division organic 
sales

Division organic sales is measured as division net sales calculated 
in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP,  excluding  the  impact  of  foreign 
currency translation, acquisitions and divestitures.

35%

Mr. Shaller

Division operating 
income

Division  operating  income  is  measured  as  division  net  sales  less 
cost  of  goods  sold,  selling  expenses,  research  and  development 
expenses,  and  administrative  expenses  calculated  in  accordance 
with  U.S.  GAAP,  excluding  the  impact  of  foreign  currency 
translation, acquisitions, divestitures and unconsolidated affiliates. 

65%

Mr. Shaller

The funding of the fiscal 2021 annual cash incentive plan was determined by the achievement of certain quarterly sales and 
profit metrics compared to stated thresholds that were established at the beginning of the fiscal year. The annual cash incentive 
plan includes a minimum quarterly profit threshold that must be exceeded in order for any cash incentive amount to be funded, 
regardless of the achievement of revenue, and has an eligibility requirement to be employed on the payment date.

Individual  contribution  is  determined  by  assessing  the  level  of  achievement  of  each  NEO’s  individual  annual  goals 
combined with their ability to deliver on the competencies needed to achieve those goals. The competencies include items such 
as optimizing work processes through continuous improvement initiatives, building strong customer relationships and providing 
excellent  customer  service,  creating  innovative  new  product  solutions,  valuing  different  perspectives  and  developing  our 
people.  Individual  annual  goals  and  competencies  are  included  in  each  NEO’s  performance  assessment  to  ensure  they  are 
focused  on  initiatives  within  their  area  of  responsibility  that  will  increase  both  sales  and  profitability  and  drive  long-term 
shareholder value.

While our objective is to set goals that are quantitative and measurable, certain elements of the performance assessment 
may  be  subjective.  Assessments  and  rating  recommendations  for  all  executive  officers,  except  the  CEO,  are  delivered  to  the 
Committee by the CEO in July. The CEO provides the Committee with a self-assessment of his own performance without a 
rating recommendation and the Committee determines the CEO's performance rating.

The Company's rating system consists of five performance levels, each with a predetermined multiplier that is applied to 
the available annual cash incentive that is earned and payable based upon the NEO's contribution to the fiscal year objectives 
and their individual annual goals: Unsatisfactory - 0%; Needs Improvement - 50%; Fully Meets Objectives - 100%; Exceeds 
Objectives  -  125%;  and  Outstanding  -  150%.  The  annual  cash  incentive  target  is  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  NEO’s 
eligible compensation, which is defined as base salary paid during the fiscal year. The achievement of the financial performance 
metrics defined in the table above is applied to this target for each NEO, and their individual performance rating is then applied, 
resulting in the annual cash incentive award. The following section details this calculation for each NEO.

Messrs. Nauman, Pearce, Curran and Ms. Nelligan

The cash incentive payable to Messrs. Nauman, Pearce, Curran and Ms. Nelligan for fiscal 2021 was based on total organic 
sales  and  income  before  income  taxes.  For  fiscal  2021,  an  annual  cash  incentive  was  funded  for  the  achievement  of  total 
organic sales and income before income taxes. The multiplier for individual performance was applied to the two components to 
arrive at the final cash incentive award achieved.

70

Table of Contents

The threshold, target, maximum and actual cash incentive award earned for Messrs. Nauman, Pearce, Curran and Ms. 

Nelligan were as follows:

Performance Measure (weighting)
Organic Sales (35%)(millions)
Income Before Income Taxes 
(65%)(millions)

Threshold
$995.0

Target

Maximum

$1,059.9 $1,147.6 or more

Fiscal 2021 Actual Results

Achievement 
($)

Achievement 
(%) (1)

$1,100.4

 151 %

$120.9

$139.8

$175.5 or more

$169.2

 181 %

Varies

Individual Performance Multiplier

 0 %

 100 %

 150 %

Fiscal 2021 Annual Cash Incentive Award:

J.M. Nauman
A.J. Pearce
B.N. Curran
H.R. Nelligan

Threshold
 0 %
 0 %
 0 %
 0 %

Target
 100 %
 65 %
 60 %
 50 %

Maximum 
(% of Base Salary)
 300 %
 195 %
 180 %
 150 %

Actual Payout
(% of Target)
 214 %
 214 %
 171 %
 171 %

Actual Payout
(% of Base 
Salary)

Actual Payout
($)

 214 % $1,758,146
$571,374
 139 %
$322,194
 103 %
$276,405
 86 %

(1) The  Company's  fiscal  2021  bonus  plan  achievement  was  determined  based  on  quarterly  financial  targets.  Total 
Company financial results for certain quarters exceeded the maximum financial targets. The fiscal 2021 actual results 
achievement percentage is the average achievement for each quarter.

Mr. Nauman's individual performance multiplier was the result of his contribution to several fiscal year objectives and 

individual annual goals as follows:

•

•

•

Strategy - Objective focused on defining and aligning the Company’s corporate and divisional strategies, establishing 
the strategic direction and financial goals for each division, investing in acquisitions that enhance our strategic position 
and accelerate sales growth, and executing the established strategy. The Company’s corporate and divisional strategies 
are  focused  on  delivering  long-term  shareholder  value  through  sustainable  increases  in  organic  sales,  operating 
income, and cash generation.
Organic sales growth - Objective focused on generating the Company’s organic sales growth. The Company’s organic 
sales growth rate accelerated from a decline of 5.4% in fiscal 2020 to organic growth of 1.6% in fiscal 2021.
Income  before  income  taxes  -  Objective  focused  on  improving  income  before  income  taxes  while  making  the 
investments  for  sustainable  long-term  organic  sales  growth.  Income  before  income  taxes  improved  from  $140.9 
million in fiscal 2020 to $171.0 million in fiscal 2021 and from 13.0% of net sales in fiscal 2020 to 14.9% of net sales 
in fiscal 2021.

After  a  review  of  Mr.  Nauman’s  performance  along  with  his  successful  management  of  the  business  through  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the Committee determined that Mr. Nauman’s resulting performance level was 125% for his individual 
performance multiplier.

Mr. Pearce's individual performance multiplier was the result of his contribution to several fiscal year objectives and 

individual annual goals as follows:

•

•

•

Cash  flow  -  Objective  focused  on  delivering  strong  cash  flow  in  relation  to  net  income.  The  Company’s  cash  flow 
from operating activities increased from $141.0 million in fiscal 2020 to $205.7 million in fiscal 2021. The Company's 
cash flow from operating activities as a percentage of net income was 125.5% in fiscal 2020 compared to 158.6% in 
fiscal 2021.
Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  -  Objective  focused  on  reducing  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses throughout the Company, with a specific focus on general and administrative expenses. As a percentage of 
net sales, SG&A expenses were reduced from 31.1% in fiscal 2020 to 30.6% in fiscal 2021 through a reduction in our 
SG&A cost structure which more than offset increased incentive-based compensation, inflation and acquisition-related 
costs.
Income  before  income  taxes  -  Objective  focused  on  improving  income  before  income  taxes  while  making  the 
investments  for  sustainable  long-term  organic  sales  growth.  Income  before  income  taxes  improved  from  $140.9 
million in fiscal 2020 to $171.0 million in fiscal 2021 and from 13.0% of net sales in fiscal 2020 to 14.9% of net sales 
in fiscal 2021.

71

Table of Contents

After a review of Mr. Pearce's performance, the Committee determined that Mr. Pearce's resulting performance level was 

125% for his individual performance multiplier.

Mr.  Curran's  individual  performance  multiplier  was  the  result  of  his  contribution  to  several  fiscal  year  objectives  and 

individual annual goals as follows:

•
•

•

Cybersecurity - Objective focused on continued advancement of the Company's cybersecurity defense capabilities. 
Digital  enhancement  -  Objective  focused  on  improving  the  Company's  digital  presence  and  the  use  of  data-driven 
marketing automation tools to expand and enhance our sales capabilities.
Acquisition integration - Objective focused on successfully leading the IT integration of the three acquisitions which 
were completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.

After a review of Mr. Curran's performance, the Committee determined that Mr. Curran's resulting performance level was 

100% for his individual performance multiplier.

Ms.  Nelligan's  individual  performance  multiplier  was  the  result  of  her  contribution  to  several  fiscal  year  objectives  and 

individual annual goals as follows:

•

•

•

Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion  -  Objective  focused  on  building  on  the  Company's  culture  of  diversity,  equity  and 
inclusion to increase employee engagement and to enhance recruitment and retention practices.
Health  and  Safety  -  Objective  focused  on  the  enhanced  health  measures  implemented  for  the  global  COVID-19 
pandemic in order to ensure the health and safety of the Company's employees while at work.
Talent  Development  and  Training  -  Objective  focused  on  the  continued  expansion  of  the  Company's  talent  and 
succession  planning  processes  and  programs  including  onboarding,  technical  training  programs  and  employee 
development training programs.

After a review of Ms. Nelligan's performance, the Committee determined that Ms. Nelligan's resulting performance level 

was 100% for her individual performance multiplier.

Mr. Shaller

The cash incentive payable to Mr. Shaller for fiscal 2021 was based on achievement of IDS division organic sales and IDS 

division operating income. For fiscal 2021, a cash incentive was funded for the achievement of the IDS division organic sales 
and IDS division operating income based upon the achievement of the quarterly financial targets established at the beginning of 
the fiscal year. The multiplier for individual performance was applied to the achievement of the two components to arrive at the 
final cash incentive award achieved.

The threshold, target, maximum and actual payout amounts for Mr. Shaller were as follows:

Performance Measure (weighting)
IDS Division Organic Sales 
(35%)(millions)
IDS Division Operating Income 
(65%)(millions)
Individual Performance Multiplier

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Fiscal 2021 Actual Results

Achievement 
($)

Achievement 
(%) (1)

$550.0

$590.2

$629.6 or more

$631.6

 177 %

$136.5
 0 %

$151.1
 100 %

$171.8 or more
 150 %

$171.6

 186 %
 150 %

Actual Payout
(% of Base 
Salary)

Actual Payout
($)

Fiscal 2021 Annual Cash Incentive Award:

Threshold

Target

Maximum 
(% of Base Salary)

Actual Payout
(% of Target)

R.R. Shaller

 0 %

 60 %

 180 %

 275 %

 165 %

$658,356

(1) The  Company's  fiscal  2021  bonus  plan  achievement  was  determined  based  on  quarterly  financial  targets.  The  IDS 
division financial results for certain quarters exceeded the maximum financial targets. The fiscal 2021 actual results 
achievement percentage is the average achievement for each quarter.

72

Table of Contents

Mr.  Shaller's  individual  performance  multiplier  was  the  result  of  his  contribution  to  several  fiscal  year  objectives  and 

individual annual goals as follows:

•

•

•

IDS organic sales growth - Objective focused on accelerating organic sales growth in the IDS segment. Organic sales 
within the IDS segment declined by 8.0% in fiscal 2020 and organic growth accelerated to growth of 3.7% in fiscal 
2021.
Operating  Income  -  Objective  focused  on  improving  operating  income  in  the  IDS  segment  while  making  the 
investments for sustainable long-term organic sales growth. Operating income within the IDS segment improved from 
$150.6 million in fiscal 2020 to $169.2 million in fiscal 2021.
Innovation development process - Objective focused on implementing sustainable processes to grow the Company’s 
pipeline of new products and to deliver the new products to market in a timely and cost-effective manner. Numerous 
new products were launched during fiscal 2021, including several printers introducing expanded software and mobile 
capabilities. The new product pipeline was streamlined and improved which has reduced the time frame and cost to 
move from new product idea to product launch.

After a review of Mr. Shaller's performance, the Committee determined that Mr. Shaller's resulting performance level was 

150% for his individual performance multiplier.

The Committee regularly evaluates the impact of unusual events on a case-by-case basis along with compensation policies 
and  practices  in  light  of  ongoing  developments  and  best  practices  in  the  area  of  incentive  compensation.  For  fiscal  2021,  no 
adjustments were made to the financial results for unusual and unforeseen events that would have an impact on the Company's 
annual cash incentive for its NEOs.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

For fiscal 2021, the Committee reviewed historical award sizes and median levels of equity awarded to similar positions at 
our  peer  companies  and  other  relevant  market  data.  The  Committee  then  approved  the  fiscal  2021  awards  consisting  of  a 
combination of time-based stock options, time-based RSUs and performance-based RSUs. The Committee uses its discretion in 
combination  with  peer  group  data,  analysis  of  actual  pay  and  performance,  and  advice  from  its  independent  compensation 
consultant to determine the size and type of equity awards granted to the CEO. For all other executives, the Committee also 
considers the input from the CEO when determining the size and type of annual equity awards. 

Time-based  Stock  Options:    Stock  options  generally  vest  one-third  annually  for  three  years  and  have  a  ten-year  term.  The 
Committee has the ability to vary both the term and vesting schedule for new stock option grants in accordance with the terms 
of  the  plan.  All  stock  options  are  granted  to  the  NEOs  during  the  first  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year  following  the  Committee's 
approval, with an exercise price equal to the average of the high and low stock price on the grant date. No dividends are paid or 
accrued prior to the exercise of options.

Time-based RSUs: RSUs generally vest one-third annually for three years. The Committee has the ability to vary the vesting 
schedule  for  new  RSU  grants  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  plan.  All  RSUs  are  granted  following  the  Committee's 
approval, with a fair value equal to the average of the high and low stock price on the grant date.

Performance-based  RSUs:  Performance-based  RSUs  granted  in  fiscal  2019,  2020  and  fiscal  2021  vest  based  upon  the 
Company’s TSR relative to the S&P 600 SmallCap Industrials Index over a three-year performance period. PRSUs have a fair 
value determined by a third-party valuation involving a Monte Carlo simulation. PRSUs will vest between 25% and 200% of 
target depending on the relative three-year TSR performance. If the minimum vesting threshold of 25% is not achieved, then 
the PRSUs will be forfeited.

No dividends are paid or accrued on the performance-based or time-based RSUs prior to the issuance of shares.

73

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of long-term equity incentive awards granted to the Company's NEOs during fiscal 2021:

Named Officers
J.M. Nauman

A.J. Pearce

B.N. Curran

H.R. Nelligan

R.R. Shaller

Total Grant Date
Fair Value

Time-Based Stock 
Options Grant Date
Fair Value

Performance-based 
RSUs (at target)
Grant Date Fair 
Value

Time-Based RSUs
Grant Date Fair 
Value

$ 

3,303,853  $ 

1,000,005  $ 

1,303,812  $ 

1,000,036 

991,204 

220,301 

330,431 

743,421 

300,003 

66,669 

100,004 

225,005 

391,162 

86,965 

130,387 

293,387 

300,039 

66,667 

100,040 

225,029 

Performance-based  RSUs  Earned  for  the  Fiscal  2019  -  2021  Performance  Period:  The  table  below  outlines  the 
performance metrics, performance levels and actual performance achievement for the fiscal 2019 - 2021 PRSU cycle:

Performance Metric
Relative TSR Percentile

Other Elements of Compensation

Threshold 
(25%)

Target 
(100%)

Maximum 
(200%)

Actual 
Performance

% Payout 
Achieved

25th

50th

75th

68th

 172.8 %

Health  and  Welfare  Benefits:  We  provide  subsidized  health  and  welfare  benefits  which  include  medical,  dental,  life  and 
disability insurance and paid time off. Executive officers are entitled to participate in our health and welfare plans on generally 
the  same  terms  and  conditions  as  other  employees,  subject  to  limitations  under  applicable  law.  In  addition,  the  Company 
maintains a supplemental disability policy for its U.S. executives. The supplemental disability policy provides for an additional 
15% of compensation, up to a maximum additional benefit of $5,000 per month. Brady pays the premiums for these benefits; 
therefore, these benefits represent taxable benefits to the executive.

Retirement Benefits: Brady employees (including NEOs) in the United States and certain expatriate employees working for its 
international subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Brady Corporation Matched 401(k) Plan (the “Matched 401(k) Plan”).  
NEOs  in  the  United  States  and  employees  at  certain  United  States  locations  are  also  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Brady 
Corporation  Funded  Retirement  Plan  (“Funded  Retirement  Plan”).  In  addition,  certain  Brady  international  employees  are 
eligible  to  participate  in  Company  sponsored  statutory  and  supplementary  defined  benefit  pension  plans  that  are  primarily 
unfunded and provide an income benefit upon termination or retirement.

The  Funded  Retirement  Plan  is  a  defined  contribution  plan  through  which  the  Company  contributes  4%  of  the  annual 
wages of each eligible participant. In addition, participants may elect to defer up to 5% of their annual wages into the Matched 
401(k) Plan, which is matched up to an additional 4% contribution from the Company. Participants may elect to contribute an 
additional  45%  of  their  eligible  earnings  to  their  Matched  401(k)  Plan  account  without  an  additional  matching  contribution 
from the Company, which is subject to specified maximum limits allowed by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"). The assets 
of the Matched 401(k) Plan and Funded Retirement Plan credited to each participant are invested by the trustee of the Plans as 
directed by each plan participant in a variety of investment funds as permitted by the Plans. Participants in the Matched 401(k) 
Plan become fully vested in employer contributions over a two-year period of continuous service. Employer contributions to the 
Funded Retirement Plan become fully vested over a six-year period of continuous service.

Benefits  are  generally  payable  upon  the  death,  disability,  or  retirement  of  the  participant,  or  upon  termination  of 
employment before retirement, although benefits may be withdrawn from the Matched 401(k) Plan and paid to the participant 
in certain circumstances. Under certain specified circumstances, the Matched 401(k) Plan allows a participant to withdraw loans 
on their account.

Deferred  Compensation  Arrangements:  The  Company  has  two  deferred  compensation  plans,  the  Executive  Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  and  the  Director  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  that  allow  for  compensation  to  be  deferred  into  either  the 
Company’s Class A Nonvoting Common Stock or in other investment funds. Both the Director Deferred Compensation and the 
Executive Deferred Compensation Plans disallow transfers from other investment funds into the Company’s Class A Nonvoting 
Stock,  and  both  disallow  transfers  from  the  Company’s  Class  A  Nonvoting  Stock  into  other  investment  funds.  The  assets  in 
both  deferred  compensation  plans  are  held  in  a  Rabbi  Trust  and  are  invested  by  the  trustee  as  directed  by  the  participant. 
Executives and directors may elect whether to receive their account balance following termination of employment in a single 
lump sum payment or by means of distribution under an annual installment method. Distributions of the Company’s Class A 
Nonvoting Common Stock are made in-kind; distributions of mutual funds are in cash.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Executives are eligible to participate in the Brady Restoration Plan, which is a non-qualified deferred compensation plan 
that allows an equivalent benefit to the Matched 401(k) Plan and the Funded Retirement Plan for executives' income exceeding 
the IRS limits of participation in a qualified 401(k) plan. 

Perquisites: Brady generally provides executives with the following perquisites:

•
•
•
•
•

Financial planning and tax preparation;
Company car or car allowance;
Physical examination;
Long-term care insurance; and
Personal liability insurance.

Stock Ownership Requirements

In order to encourage our executive officers and directors to acquire and retain ownership of a significant number of shares 

of the Company's stock, stock ownership requirements have been established.

The Board of Directors has established the following stock ownership requirements for our NEOs:

J.M. Nauman
A.J. Pearce
B.N. Curran
H.R. Nelligan
R.R. Shaller

5 times base salary
3 times base salary
2 times base salary
2 times base salary
3 times base salary

Our NEOs are expected to meet their ownership requirement within five years of becoming an executive officer and may 
not  sell  shares,  other  than  to  cover  tax  withholding  requirements  associated  with  the  vesting  or  exercise  of  an  equity  award, 
until such time as they meet the requirements. All NEOs were in compliance with their respective ownership requirements as of 
July 31, 2021. If an executive does not meet his or her ownership requirement within five years, the Committee may direct that 
the  executive's  after-tax  payout  on  any  incentive  plans  will  be  in  Class  A  Nonvoting  Common  Stock  in  order  to  satisfy  the 
executive’s ownership requirement.

Actual stock ownership of each NEO is reviewed on an annual basis to ensure the guidelines are met. The following equity 
balances  are  included  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  an  executive  meets  his  or  her  ownership  requirements:  the  fair 
market values of Company stock owned, Company stock held in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, Company stock 
held in the Matched 401(k) Plan, time-based RSUs, and the value of vested and “in the money” stock options. The fair market 
value of performance-based RSUs are excluded from the determination of executive ownership levels.

Insider Trading Policy

The  Company's  Insider  Trading  Policy  prohibits  hedging  and  other  monetization  transactions  in  Company  securities  by 
officers,  directors  and  employees.    The  prohibition  of  hedging  transactions  includes  financial  instruments  such  as  prepaid 
variable  forwards,  equity  swaps,  collars  and  exchange  funds.  The  Insider  Trading  Policy  also  prohibits  the  pledging  of 
Company stock as collateral for loans or holding Company securities in a margin account by officers, directors or employees.

Employment and Change of Control Agreements

In  fiscal  2021,  the  Company  did  not  enter  into  any  new  employment  agreements  with  our  executives.  The  offer  letter 
entered into with Mr. Nauman on August 1, 2014, provides that he is deemed an at-will employee, but will receive a severance 
benefit equal to two times the sum of his base salary and target annual cash incentive in the event his employment is terminated 
without cause or he resigns for good reason as described therein. The offer letter also contains 24-month non-competition and 
non-solicitation  provisions,  as  well  as  standard  confidentiality,  waiver  and  non-disparagement  provisions.  The  offer  letter 
entered  into  with  Mr.  Shaller  on  June  2,  2015,  provides  that  he  is  deemed  an  at-will  employee,  but  will  receive  a  severance 
benefit equal to his base salary plus target annual cash incentive in the event his employment is terminated without cause or he 
resigns for good reason as described therein. 

75

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Board  of  Directors  approved  change  of  control  agreements  for  all  of  the  NEOs  of  the  Company.  The  agreements 
applicable to the NEOs, other than Mr. Nauman, provide a payment of an amount equal to two times their annual base salary 
and two times the average annual cash incentive payment received in the three years immediately prior to the date the change of 
control occurs in the event of termination or resignation for good cause (as defined in the change of control agreement) upon a 
change  of  control.    Under  the  terms  of  the  change  of  control  agreement  with  Mr.  Nauman,  in  the  event  of  a  qualifying 
termination within 24 months following a change of control (as such events are defined in the change of control agreement), 
Mr. Nauman will receive two times his annual base salary, two times his target annual cash incentive, and the amount of his 
target  annual  cash  incentive  prorated  based  on  when  the  termination  occurs.  All  of  the  NEO's  agreements  provide  for  up  to 
$25,000 of attorney fees to enforce the executive's rights under the agreement. Payments under the agreement will be spread 
over two years. 

Under the terms of the 2012 and 2017 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plans, in the event of (a) the merger or consolidation of the 
Company  with  or  into  another  corporation  or  corporations  in  which  the  Company  is  not  the  surviving  corporation,  (b)  the 
adoption of any plan for the dissolution of the Company, or (c) the sale or exchange of all or substantially all the assets of the 
Company for cash or for shares of stock or other securities of another corporation, all then-unexercised stock options become 
fully exercisable and all restrictions placed on restricted stock, and performance-based and time-based restricted stock units will 
lapse. If any stock option is canceled subsequent to the events described above, the Company or the corporation assuming the 
obligations of the Company, shall pay an amount of cash or stock equal to the in-the-money value of the canceled stock options. 
The awards granted under the 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan provide for either accelerated or continuation of vesting of stock 
options and RSUs upon termination due to retirement, for which the eligibility criteria is 60 years of age and 5 years of service.

Non-Compete/Non-Solicitation/Confidentiality

Equity  awards  under  the  Company's  2012  Omnibus  Incentive  Stock  and  2017  Omnibus  Incentive  Plans  contain  non-
competition,  non-solicitation  and  confidential  information  covenants  applicable  to  the  award  recipients.    The  confidential 
information covenant prohibits the use, disclosure, copying or duplication of the Company's confidential information other than 
in  the  course  of  authorized  activities  conducted  in  the  course  of  the  recipient's  employment  with  the  Company.  The  other 
covenants prohibit the NEOs for 12 months after termination of employment with the Company, from (i) performing duties for 
or as a competitor of the Company which are the same or similar to those performed by the recipient in the 24 months prior to 
termination  of  employment  with  the  Company,  (ii)  soliciting  customers  for  the  sale  of  competitive  products,  (iii)  soliciting 
employees to join a competitor or otherwise terminate their relationship with the Company, or (iv) interfering in the Company's 
relationships with its vendors and suppliers.

Tax Considerations

Section  162(m)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  generally  disallows  a  federal  income  tax  deduction  to  publicly  traded 
companies for compensation in excess of $1 million per year paid to certain executive officers and, beginning in 2018, certain 
former executive officers. Historically, the $1 million deduction limit generally has not applied to compensation that satisfies 
IRS  requirements  for  qualified  performance-based  compensation.  Effective  for  tax  years  beginning  after  July  31,  2018,  the 
exemption  for  qualified  performance-based  compensation  from  the  deduction  limitation  of  Code  Section  162(m)  has  been 
repealed, unless transition relief for certain compensation arrangements in place as of November 2, 2017 is available.

The Committee's intent is to preserve the deductibility of executive compensation to the extent reasonably practicable and 
to the extent consistent with its other compensation objectives. However, the Committee believes Section 162(m) is only one of 
several  relevant  considerations  in  establishing  executive  compensation  and  believes  Section  162(m)  implications  should  not 
compromise its ability to design and maintain executive compensation arrangements intended to, among other things, attract, 
motivate and help retain a highly qualified and successful management team to lead the Company. As a result, the Committee 
retains the flexibility to provide compensation it determines to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders even 
if  that  compensation  ultimately  is  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes.  Moreover,  even  if  we  have  in  the  past  intended  to  grant 
qualifying performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m), we cannot guarantee that such compensation will 
so qualify or ultimately will be deductible by us.

Accounting Considerations

When  reviewing  preliminary  recommendations  and  in  connection  with  approving  the  terms  of  a  given  incentive  plan, 
management and the Committee review and consider the accounting implications of a compensation arrangement, including the 
estimated expense and other accounting and disclosure requirements. With consideration of the accounting treatment associated 
with an incentive plan design, management and the Committee may alter or modify the incentive award if the award and the 
related accounting consequences were to adversely affect our financial performance.

76

Table of Contents

Management Development and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During  fiscal  2021,  the  Committee  was  composed  of  Messrs.  Balkema,  Bem,  Harris,  Richardson,  and  Mses.  Gioia  and 
Williams. Mr. Balkema resigned from his position as Director and Co-Chair of the Management Development & Compensation 
Committee on July 20, 2021, and Nancy Gioia, Co-Chair of the Committee was elected the Chair. None of these persons has at 
any  time  been  an  employee  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries.  There  are  no  relationships  among  the  Company's 
executive  officers,  members  of  the  Committee  or  entities  whose  executives  serve  on  the  Board  that  require  disclosure  under 
applicable SEC regulations.

Management Development and Compensation Committee Report

The  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  with  management;  based  on  the 
review and discussions, the Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis 
be included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Nancy Gioia, Chair

David Bem
Frank Harris
Bradley Richardson*
Michelle Williams

*  Mr. Richardson joined the Management Development and Compensation Committee on May 24, 2021.

Compensation Policies and Practices

The  Company  believes  that  its  compensation  policies,  practices,  and  procedures  for  executive  officers  and  all  other 
employees  are  designed  to  avoid  incentives  that  create  unnecessary  or  excessive  risks  that  are  reasonably  likely  to  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  The  Company's  compensation  programs  are  weighted  towards  offering  long-term 
incentives  that  reward  sustainable  performance;  do  not  offer  significant  short-term  incentives  that  might  drive  high-risk 
investments at the expense of long-term Company value; and are set at reasonable and sustainable levels, as determined by a 
review  of  the  Company's  economic  position,  as  well  as  the  compensation  offered  by  comparable  companies.  Under  the 
oversight of its Audit and Management Development and Compensation Committees, the Company reviewed its compensation 
policies, practices and procedures for all employees, including executive officers, to evaluate and ensure that they did not foster 
risk-taking beyond that deemed acceptable within the Company's business model.

77

Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to the NEOs, who served as executive officers 
during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021, for services rendered as an executive officer to the Company and its subsidiaries 
during the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021, July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019.

Name and Principal 
Position

Fiscal
Year

Salary
($)(1)

Time-based 
and 
Performance-
based RSUs
($)(2)

Option 
Awards
($)(3)

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation
($)(4)

All Other 
Compensation
($)(5)

Total
($)

J.M. Nauman, President, 
CEO & Director

A.J. Pearce, CFO & 
Treasurer

B.N. Curran, VP, Digital 
Business and Chief 
Information Officer

H.R. Nelligan, Senior VP, 
Human Resources

R.R. Shaller, Senior VP & 
President - Identification 
Solutions

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

$ 830,180  $ 

2,303,848  $ 1,000,005  $ 

1,758,146  $ 

114,006  $  6,006,185 

  852,810 

  794,077 

2,447,083 

  1,000,001 

— 

2,039,917 

869,998 

1,290,375 

212,049 

246,562 

4,511,943 

5,240,929 

$ 415,073  $ 

691,201  $  300,003  $ 

571,374  $ 

59,277  $  2,036,928 

  423,871 

  387,810 

717,883 

687,810 

293,342 

293,336 

— 

327,699 

85,399 

96,023 

1,520,495 

1,792,678 

$ 316,952  $ 

153,632  $ 

66,669  $ 

322,194  $ 

69,294  $ 

928,741 

  325,592 

  304,274 

163,223 

136,838 

66,670 

58,342 

— 

320,937 

89,474 

89,101 

644,959 

909,492 

$ 326,290  $ 

230,427  $  100,004  $ 

276,405  $ 

54,901  $ 

988,027 

  335,185 

  313,815 

244,797 

634,480 

100,004 

100,000 

— 

203,980 

71,132 

71,199 

751,118 

1,323,474 

$ 400,151  $ 

518,416  $  225,005  $ 

658,356  $ 

63,909  $  1,865,837 

  407,380 

  371,991 

1,030,278 

508,088 

216,676 

216,675 

— 

88,036 

1,742,370 

337,582 

114,333 

1,548,669 

(1) The decrease in salary was due to a decrease in pay periods in fiscal year 2021 compared to fiscal year 2020.
(2) Represents the grant date fair value of time-based RSUs and performance-based RSUs computed in accordance with 
accounting guidance for equity grants made or modified in the applicable year. The grant date fair value of time-based 
RSUs was calculated based on the number of shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the time-based RSUs. The 
grant date fair value of performance-based RSUs was calculated based on the number of shares of Class A Common 
Stock  underlying  the  performance-based  RSUs  (at  target),  times  a  fair  value  per  unit  derived  from  a  third-party 
valuation using a Monte Carlo simulation due to the presence of a market condition in the award. The actual value of a 
RSU will depend on the market value of the Class A Common Stock on the date the stock is sold. The table reflects the 
grant date fair value at target level of performance-based RSUs (100%).

(3) Represents the grant date fair value of time-based stock options computed in accordance with accounting guidance for 
equity  grants  made  or  modified  in  the  applicable  year.  The  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  value  of  the  awards, 
including the use of the Black-Scholes method of valuation by the Company, are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the fiscal year ended 
July 31, 2021. The actual value, if any, which an option holder will realize upon the exercise of an option will depend 
on  the  excess  of  the  market  value  of  the  Class  A  Common  Stock  over  the  exercise  price  on  the  date  the  option  is 
exercised.

(4) Represents annual cash incentive earned during the listed fiscal years, which was paid during the next fiscal year. 
(5) The  amounts  in  the  'All  Other  Compensation'  column  include:  matching  contributions  to  the  Company’s  Matched 
401(k) Plan, Funded Retirement Plan and Restoration Plan, the cost of group term life insurance, car allowance, the 
cost  of  long-term  care  insurance,  the  cost  of  disability  insurance  and  other  perquisites.  The  perquisites  may  include 
annual  allowances  for  financial  and  tax  planning  and  the  cost  of  personal  liability  insurance.  Refer  to  the  table 
following.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Name

J.M. Nauman

A.J. Pearce 

B.N. Curran

H.R. Nelligan

R.R. Shaller 

Retirement 
Plan 
Contributions
($)(1)

Fiscal 
Year

Company 
Car
($)

Group 
Term Life 
Insurance
($)

Long-term 
Care 
Insurance
($)

Long-term 
Disability 
Insurance
($)

Other
($)

Total All Other 
Compensation 
($)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

69,169  $ 

18,000  $ 

2,001  $ 

7,384  $ 

4,870  $ 

12,582  $ 

167,984 

202,230 

18,692 

18,000 

1,958 

1,799 

4,860 

4,860 

4,946 

4,946 

13,609 

14,727 

33,557  $ 

18,000  $ 

1,055  $ 

2,893  $ 

3,772  $ 

—  $ 

57,909 

69,833 

18,692 

18,000 

1,110 

941 

2,893 

2,893 

3,848 

3,673 

947 

683 

25,844  $ 

18,000  $ 

1,038  $ 

5,677  $ 

3,462  $ 

15,273  $ 

48,564  $ 

18,692  $ 

1,258  $ 

3,737  $ 

3,993  $ 

13,230 

49,782  $ 

18,000  $ 

26,455  $ 

18,000  $ 

879  $ 

816  $ 

3,737  $ 

3,503  $ 

13,200 

3,785  $ 

3,943  $ 

1,902  $ 

41,127 

34,766 

18,692 

18,000 

1,003 

863 

2,491 

2,491 

3,779 

3,697 

4,040 

11,382 

32,628  $ 

18,000  $ 

1,057  $ 

5,205  $ 

5,293  $ 

1,726  $ 

57,811 

72,465 

18,692 

18,000 

1,110 

940 

3,427 

3,427 

5,321 

5,321 

1,675 

14,180 

114,006 

212,049 

246,562 

59,277 

85,399 

96,023 

69,294 

89,474 

89,101 

54,901 

71,132 

71,199 

63,909 

88,036 

114,333 

(1) The  decrease  in  retirement  plan  contributions  was  due  to  a  decrease  in  non-equity  incentive  plan  compensation  in 

fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2021

The following table summarizes grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2021 to the NEOs.

Compensation 
Committee 
Approval 
Date

Grant 
Date

Estimated Future Payouts Under 
Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan Awards (1)

Estimated Future Payouts Under 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards (2)

Threshold
  ($)

Target 
($)

Maximum 
 ($)

Threshold 
 (#)

Target 
(#)

Maximum 
 (#)

$ 

— 

$ 830,180  $ 2,490,541 

All Other 
Stock 
Awards:
Number of 
Shares of 
Stock or 
Units 
(#) (3)

All Other 
Option 
Awards:
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Options
(#)

Exercise 
or Base 
Price of 
Stock or 
Option 
Awards
($) (4)

Grant Date 
Fair Value 
of Stock 
and Option 
Awards
($)

5,367 

 21,469 

42,938 

$ 

60.73 

$  1,303,812 

25,051 

39.92 

1,000,036 

113,936 

39.92 

1,000,005 

— 

 269,798 

  809,393 

1,610 

  6,441 

12,882 

B.N. Curran

— 

 190,171 

  570,514 

8/1/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

H.R. Nelligan

— 

 163,145 

  489,435 

358 

  1,432 

2,864 

537 

  2,147 

4,294 

7,516 

1,670 

2,506 

34,181 

7,596 

11,394 

60.73 

39.92 

39.92 

60.73 

39.92 

39.92 

60.73 

39.92 

39.92 

391,162 

300,039 

300,003 

86,965 

66,667 

66,669 

130,387 

100,040 

100,004 

Name

J.M. Nauman

A.J. Pearce

8/1/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

8/1/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

R.R. Shaller

8/1/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

8/1/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

9/30/2020

7/13/2020

— 

 240,091 

  720,272 

1,208 

  4,831 

9,662 

60.73 

293,387 

5,637 

39.92 

225,029 

25,636 

39.92 

225,005 

(1) At its July 2020 meeting, the Committee approved the values of the annual cash incentive award under the Company's 
annual cash incentive plan. The structure of the plan is described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above 
and was set prior to the beginning of the fiscal year.

(2) This award represents performance-based RSUs granted August 1, 2020, as part of the annual fiscal 2021 equity grant. 
Payout opportunities will range from 0% to 200% of the target award. Target payout is set at 100% of award value, 
with threshold and maximum payouts set at 25% and 200% of target award value, respectively.

(3) The time-based RSU awards vest equally over three years.
(4) The  exercise  price  or  base  price  for  PRSUs  awards  granted  on  August  1,  2020,  is  based  on  a  third-party  valuation 
involving the use of a Monte Carlo simulation. The exercise price or base price for the remaining time-based option 
and RSU awards is the average of the high and low prices of the Company’s Class A Common Stock as reported by 
the NYSE on the date of the grant.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at July 31, 2021

Option Awards 

Stock Awards

Number of 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested
(#)

Market Value of 
Units of Stock 
That Have Not 
Vested
($)

Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards: 
Number of 
Unearned 
Shares, Units, or 
Other Rights 
That Have Not 
Vested
(#)

Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards: 
Market or 
Payout Value of 
Unearned 
Shares, Units Or 
Other Rights 
That Have Not 
Vested
($)

Option 
Exercise 
Price
($)

Option 
Expiration 
Date

$  19.96 

9/25/2025

35.14 

36.85 

9/23/2026

9/22/2027

— 

— 

— 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
Exercisable
(#)

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
Unexercisable
(#)

100,000 

100,017 

96,792 

58,922 

30,979 

Name

J.M. Nauman

A.J. Pearce

29,461  (1)  

43.98 

9/25/2028

61,957  (2)  

54.05 

9/20/2029

— 

113,936  (3)  

39.92 

9/30/2030

6,594  (4)

$ 

360,560 

12,334  (5)

674,423 

25,051  (6)

1,369,789 

51,375 

37,721 

34,071 

19,867 

9,088 

— 

— 

— 

$  19.96 

9/25/2025

35.14 

36.85 

9/23/2026

9/22/2027

9,933  (1)  

43.98 

9/25/2028

18,174  (2)  

54.05 

9/20/2029

— 

34,181  (3)  

39.92 

9/30/2030

2,223  (4)

$ 

121,554 

3,618  (5)

7,516  (6)

197,832 

410,975 

442  (4)

$ 

822  (5)

1,670  (6)

24,169 

44,947 

91,316 

B.N. Curran

2,258 

1,976 

2,066 

— 

— 

$  36.85 

9/22/2027

1,975  (1)  

43.98 

9/25/2028

4,130  (2)  

54.05 

9/20/2029

7,596  (3)  

39.92 

9/30/2030

H.R. Nelligan

12,860 

11,615 

6,773 

3,098 

— 

— 

— 

$  35.14 

9/23/2026

36.85 

9/22/2027

3,386  (1)  

43.98 

9/25/2028

6,196  (2)  

54.05 

9/20/2029

11,394 (3)

39.92

9/30/2030

81

23,077  (7)

$ 

1,261,850 

19,294  (8)

21,469  (9)

1,054,996 

1,173,925 

7,781  (7)

$ 

425,465 

5,660  (8)

6,441  (9)

309,489 

352,194 

1,548  (7)

1,287  (8)

1,432  (9)

84,645 

70,373 

78,302 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

R.R. Shaller

23,576 

21,295 

14,675 

6,713 

— 

— 

$  35.14 

9/23/2026

36.85 

9/22/2027

7,337  (1)  

43.98 

9/25/2028

13,424  (2)  

54.05 

9/20/2029

— 

25,636 (3)

39.92

9/30/2030

758  (4)

$ 

41,447 

4,481  (10)  

245,201 

1,234  (5)

2,506  (6)

67,475 

137,028 

1,642  (4)

2,672  (5)

5,637  (6)

8,325 (11)

89,785 

146,105 

308,231 

455,211

2,653  (7)

$ 

145,066 

1,930  (8)

2,147  (9)

105,532 

117,398 

5,748  (7)

4,181  (8)

4,831  (9)

314,301 

228,617 

264,159 

(1) The remaining options vest on September 25, 2021.
(2) One-half of the options vest on September 20, 2021 and the remaining options vest on September 20, 2022.
(3) One-third of the options vest on September 30, 2021, one-third of the options vest on September 30, 2022, and one-

third of the options vest on September 30, 2023.

(4) This  award  represents  time-based  restricted  stock  units  awarded  on  September  25,  2018  as  part  of  the  annual  fiscal 

2019 equity grant. The remaining units vest on September 25, 2021.

(5) This  award  represents  time-based  restricted  stock  units  awarded  on  September  20,  2019  as  part  of  the  annual  fiscal 
2020 equity grant. One-half of the units vest on September 20, 2021 and the remaining units vest on September 20, 
2022.

(6) This  award  represents  time-based  restricted  stock  units  awarded  on  September  30,  2020  as  part  of  the  annual  fiscal 
2021  equity  grant.  One-third  of  the  units  vest  on  September  30,  2021,  one-third  of  the  units  vest  on  September  30, 
2022, and one-third of the units vest on September 30, 2023.

(7) This award represents PRSUs awarded on August 1, 2018, as part of the annual fiscal 2019 equity grant. These PRSUs 
have a three-year performance period with the number of shares issued at vesting determined by the Company's TSR 
relative to the S&P 600 SmallCap Industrials Index.  Payout opportunities will range from 0% to 200% of the target 
award.  The amounts listed above are based on the target value of each award (100%).

(8) This award represents PRSUs awarded on August 1, 2019, as part of the annual fiscal 2020 equity grant. These PRSUs 
have a three-year performance period with the number of shares issued at vesting determined by the Company's TSR 
relative to the S&P 600 SmallCap Industrials Index.  Payout opportunities will range from 0% to 200% of the target 
award.  The amounts listed above are based on the target value of each award (100%).

(9) This award represents PRSUs awarded on August 1, 2020, as part of the annual fiscal 2021 equity grant. These PRSUs 
have a three-year performance period with the number of shares issued at vesting determined by the Company's TSR 
relative to the S&P 600 SmallCap Industrials Index.  Payout opportunities will range from 0% to 200% of the target 
award.  The amounts listed above are based on the target value of each award (100%).

(10) Effective  September  20,  2018,  Ms.  Nelligan  was  awarded  8,963  shares  of  time-based  restricted  stock  units  for 
retention purposes. The restricted stock units vest in increments of 20%, 30%, and 50% upon the first, second and third 
anniversaries of the grant date.

(11) Effective September 20, 2019, Mr. Shaller was awarded 9,251 shares of time-based restricted stock units for retention 
purposes. The restricted stock units vest in increments of 10%, 20%, 30%, and 40% upon the first, second, third and 
fourth anniversaries of the grant date.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2021

The following table summarizes option exercises and the vesting of restricted stock during fiscal 2021 to the NEOs.

Name
J.M. Nauman
A.J. Pearce
B.N. Curran
H.R. Nelligan
R.R. Shaller

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of Shares 
Acquired on Exercise
(#)

Value Realized on 
Exercise 
($) (1)

Number of Shares 
Acquired on Vesting
 (#)

Value Realized on 
Vesting
($) (2)

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

58,043  $ 
19,972 
4,024 
9,498 
13,867 

2,546,069 
877,175 
176,646 
412,329 
605,793 

(1) The value realized on exercise of stock options reflects the difference between the option exercise price and the market 

price at exercise multiplied by the number of shares. No NEOs exercised shares in fiscal 2021.

(2) The  value  realized  on  vesting  of  stock  awards  reflects  the  number  of  shares  vested  multiplied  by  the  market  price 

(average of the high and low of the stock price) of the stock on the vest date.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal 2021

The following table summarizes the activity within the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and the Brady Restoration 

Plan during fiscal 2021 for the NEOs.

Name
J.M. Nauman
A.J. Pearce
B.N. Curran
H.R. Nelligan
R.R. Shaller

Executive 
Contribution in 
Fiscal 2021
($)

Company 
Contributions in 
Fiscal 2021
($)

Aggregate 
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)

Aggregate 
Balance at July 
31, 2021
($)

Aggregate 
Earnings (Losses) 
in Fiscal 2021
($)
291,536  $ 
662,218 
143,303 

(358)   

71,881 

46,169  $ 
11,683 
3,531 
4,307 
10,443 

$ 

21,607  $ 
79,277 
3,090 
108,825 
5,222 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

3,077,564 
2,137,131 
1,451,718 
541,264 
311,825 

The  executive  contribution  amounts  included  in  this  table  are  derived  from  the  Salary  and  Non-Equity  Incentive  Plan 
Compensation  columns  of  the  Summary  Compensation  Table.  The  registrant  contribution  amounts  included  in  this  table  are 
reported  in  the  All  Other  Compensation  columns  of  the  Summary  Compensation  Table.  Amounts  reported  in  the  aggregate 
balance  at  July  31,  2021,  net  of  historical  earnings  and  losses  were  previously  reported  as  compensation  to  the  NEO  in  the 
Summary Compensation Table for previous years. See discussion of the Company's non-qualified deferred compensation plan 
in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

As described in the Employment and Change of Control Agreements section of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis 
above,  the  Company  has  entered  into  separate  severance  agreements,  employment  agreements,  and  change  of  control 
agreements with certain NEOs. 

The  terms  of  severance  arrangements  with  Messrs.  Nauman  and  Shaller  are  triggered  if  (i)  the  executive’s  employment 
with  the  Company  is  involuntarily  terminated  by  the  Company  without  cause  or  (ii)  the  executive’s  employment  with  the 
Company is voluntarily terminated by the executive subsequent to (a) a material reduction in the total of the executive’s annual 
base salary and target annual cash incentive without the prior written agreement of the executive, (b) a significant diminution in 
the authority, duties or responsibilities of the executive without the executive’s prior written agreement, or (c) the relocation of 
the executive’s position to a principal work location more than 50 miles from Milwaukee, Wisconsin or from the executive’s 
principal  place  of  residence,  without  the  executive’s  prior  written  agreement.  The  other  NEOs  are  not  covered  by  severance 
arrangements.

The terms of the change of control agreement are triggered if, within a 24-month period beginning with the date a change 
of control occurs, (i) the executive’s employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated other than by reason of death, 
disability or cause or (ii) the executive’s employment with the Company is voluntarily terminated by the executive subsequent 
to (a) any reduction in the total of the executive’s annual base salary, exclusive of fringe benefits, and the executive’s target 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

annual cash incentive in comparison with the executive’s annual base salary and target annual cash incentive immediately prior 
to  the  date  the  change  of  control  occurs,  (b)  a  significant  diminution  in  the  responsibilities  or  authority  of  the  executive  in 
comparison  with  the  executive’s  responsibility  and  authority  immediately  prior  to  the  date  the  change  of  control  occurs,  or 
(c) the imposition of a requirement by the Company that the executive relocate to a principal work location more than 50 miles 
from the executive’s principal work location immediately prior to the date the change of control occurs.

Following termination due to a change in control, executives shall be paid a multiplier of their annual base salary in effect 
immediately  prior  to  the  date  the  change  of  control  occurs,  plus  a  multiplier  of  their  average  annual  cash  incentive  payment 
received  over  a  three-year  period  prior  to  the  date  the  change  of  control  occurs.  For  Mr.  Nauman,  a  multiplier  of  the  target 
annual cash incentive amount in effect immediately prior to the date the change of control applies instead of the average annual 
cash incentive payment received over the prior three-year period. If the payments upon termination due to change of control 
result in any excise tax incurred by Messrs. Nauman, Pearce, Curran, Shaller, and Ms. Nelligan as a result of Section 280(g) of 
the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  the  officer  will  be  solely  responsible  for  such  excise  tax.  The  Company  will  also  reimburse  a 
maximum of $25,000 of legal fees incurred by the executives in order to enforce the change of control agreement, in which the 
executive prevails. 

The  following  information  and  tables  set  forth  the  amount  of  payments  to  each  NEO  in  the  event  of  termination  of 
employment  as  a  result  of  a  change  of  control.  No  other  employment  agreements  providing  specified  payments  upon 
termination have been entered into between the Company and any of the NEOs in fiscal year 2021. 

Assumptions and General Principles

The following assumptions and general principles apply with respect to the tables that follow in this section.

•

•

•

The amounts detailed in the tables assume that each NEO terminated employment on July 31, 2021. Accordingly, the 
tables reflect amounts earned as of July 31, 2021, and include estimates of amounts that would be paid to the NEO 
upon the termination or occurrence of a change in control. The actual amounts that would be paid to an NEO can only 
be determined at the time of termination.
The tables below include amounts the Company is obligated to pay the NEO as a result of the severance agreement 
and  executed  change  in  control  agreement.  The  tables  do  not  include  benefits  that  are  paid  generally  to  all  salaried 
employees or a broad group of salaried employees. Therefore, the NEOs would receive benefits in addition to those set 
forth in the tables. 
An NEO is entitled to receive base salary earned during their term of employment regardless of the manner in which 
the named executive officer’s employment is terminated. As such, this amount is not disclosed in the tables.

J. Michael Nauman

The following table details the amount payable assuming that the terms of the change of control agreement were triggered 

on July 31, 2021, and the NEO was required to legally enforce the terms of the agreement.

Base Salary ($) (1)

$ 

1,660,360  $ 

Annual Cash 
Incentive ($) (2)

2,490,540  $ 

Restricted Stock Unit 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(3)
6,814,167  $ 

Stock Option 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(4)
2,035,961  $ 

Legal Fee 
Reimbursement ($) 
(5)

Total ($)

25,000  $ 

13,026,028 

(1) Represents two times the base salary in effect at July 31, 2021.
(2) Represents  (i)  two  times  the  target  annual  cash  incentive  amount  in  effect  at  July  31,  2021,  and  (ii)  the  pro-rated 

portion of the target annual cash incentive amount based on the number of days served in the fiscal year.

(3) Represents the closing market price of $54.68 on 124,619 unvested time-based and performance-based RSU awards 
that would vest due to change in control. The restricted stock unit acceleration gain for performance-based RSUs is 
based on the number of shares earned based on actual performance for the fiscal 2019 award and target performance 
for the fiscal 2020 and 2021 awards.

(4) Represents the difference between the closing market price of $54.68 and the exercise price on 205,354 unvested, in-

the-money stock options that would vest due to change in control. 

(5) Represents the maximum reimbursement of legal fees allowed.

84

Table of Contents

The  following  table  details  the  amount  payable  assuming  that  the  severance  terms  of  Mr.  Nauman's  offer  letter  were 

triggered on July 31, 2021, and the NEO was required to legally enforce the severance terms of the agreement.

Base Salary ($) (1)

Annual Cash Incentive ($) (2)

Total ($)

$ 

1,660,360  $ 

1,660,360  $ 

3,320,720 

(1) Represents two times the base salary in effect at July 31, 2021.
(2) Represents two times the target annual cash incentive amount in effect at July 31, 2021.

Aaron J. Pearce

The following table details the amount payable assuming that the terms of the change of control agreement were triggered 

on July 31, 2021, and the NEO was required to legally enforce the terms of the agreement.

Base Salary ($) (1)

$ 

830,146  $ 

Annual Cash 
Incentive ($) (2)

544,019  $ 

Restricted Stock Unit 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(3)
2,127,271  $ 

Stock Option 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(4)

Legal Fee 
Reimbursement ($) 
(5)

Total ($)

622,244  $ 

25,000  $ 

4,148,680 

(1) Represents two times the base salary in effect at July 31, 2021.
(2) Represents two times the average annual cash incentive payment received in the last three fiscal years ended July 31, 

2021, 2020 and 2019.

(3) Represents  the  closing  market  price  of  $54.68  on  38,904  unvested  time-based  and  performance-based  RSUs  that 
would  vest  due  to  the  change  in  control.  The  restricted  stock  unit  acceleration  gain  for  performance-based  RSUs  is 
based on the number of shares earned based on actual performance for the fiscal 2019 award and target performance 
for the fiscal 2020 and 2021 awards.

(4) Represents the difference between the closing market price of $54.68 and the exercise price on 62,288 unvested, in-

the-money stock options that would vest due to change in control. 

(5) Represents the maximum reimbursement of legal fees allowed.

Bentley N. Curran

The following table details the amount payable assuming that the terms of the change of control agreement were triggered 

on July 31, 2021, and the NEO was required to legally enforce the terms of the agreement.

Base Salary ($) (1)

Annual Cash 
Incentive ($) (2)

Restricted Stock Unit 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(3)

Stock Option 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(4)

Legal Fee 
Reimbursement ($) 
(5)

Total ($)

$ 

633,905  $ 

411,737  $ 

455,375  $ 

135,851  $ 

25,000  $ 

1,661,868 

(1) Represents two times the base salary in effect at July 31, 2021.
(2) Represents two times the average annual cash incentive payment received in the last three fiscal years ended July 31, 

2021, 2020 and 2019.

(3) Represents the closing market price of $54.68 on 8,328 unvested time-based and performance-based RSUs that would 
vest due to the change in control. The restricted stock unit acceleration gain for performance-based RSUs is based on 
the  number  of  shares  earned  based  on  actual  performance  for  the  fiscal  2019  award  and  target  performance  for  the 
fiscal 2020 and 2021 awards.

(4) Represents the difference between the closing market price of $54.68 and the exercise price on 13,701 unvested, in-

the-money stock options that would vest due to change in control. 

(5) Represents the maximum reimbursement of legal fees allowed.

85

Table of Contents

Helena R. Nelligan

The following table details the amount payable assuming that the terms of the change of control agreement were triggered 

on July 31, 2021, and the NEO was required to legally enforce the terms of the agreement.

Base Salary ($) (1)

Annual Cash 
Incentive ($) (2)

Restricted Stock Unit 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(3)

Stock Option 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(4)

Legal Fee 
Reimbursement ($) 
(5)

Total ($)

$ 

652,580  $ 

228,210  $ 

964,555  $ 

208,309  $ 

25,000  $ 

2,078,654 

(1) Represents two times the base salary in effect at July 31, 2021.
(2) Represents two times the average annual cash incentive payment received in the last three fiscal years ended July 31, 

2021, 2020 and 2019.

(3) Represents  the  closing  market  price  of  $54.68  on  17,640  unvested  time-based  and  performance-based  RSUs  that 
would  vest  due  to  the  change  in  control.  The  restricted  stock  unit  acceleration  gain  for  performance-based  RSUs  is 
based on the number of shares earned based on actual performance for the fiscal 2019 award and target performance 
for the fiscal 2020 and 2021 awards.

(4) Represents the difference between the closing market price of $54.68 and the exercise price on 20,976 unvested, in-

the-money stock options that would vest due to change in control. 

(5) Represents the maximum reimbursement of legal fees allowed.

Russell R. Shaller

The following table details the amount payable assuming that the terms of the change of control agreement were triggered 

on July 31, 2021, and the NEO was required to legally enforce the terms of the agreement.

Base Salary ($) (1)

$ 

800,302  $ 

Annual Cash 
Incentive ($) (2)

584,869  $ 

Restricted Stock Unit 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(3)
2,035,244  $ 

Stock Option 
Acceleration Gain ($) 
(4)

Legal Fee 
Reimbursement ($) 
(5)

Total ($)

465,350  $ 

25,000  $ 

3,910,765 

(1) Represents two times the base salary in effect at July 31, 2021.
(2) Represents two times the average annual cash incentive payment received in the last three fiscal years ended July 31, 

2021, 2020 and 2019.

(3) Represents  the  closing  market  price  of  $54.68  on  37,221  unvested  time-based  and  performance-based  RSUs  that 
would  vest  due  to  the  change  in  control.  The  restricted  stock  unit  acceleration  gain  for  performance-based  RSUs  is 
based on the number of shares earned based on actual performance for the fiscal 2019 award and target performance 
for the fiscal 2020 and 2021 awards.

(4) Represents the difference between the closing market price of $54.68 and the exercise price on 46,397 unvested, in-

the-money stock options that would vest due to change in control. 

(5) Represents the maximum reimbursement of legal fees allowed.

The  following  table  details  the  amount  payable  assuming  that  the  severance  terms  of  Mr.  Shaller's  offer  letter  were 

triggered on July 31, 2021, and the NEO was required to legally enforce the severance terms of the agreement.

Base Salary ($) (1)

Annual Cash Incentive ($) (2)

Total ($)

$ 

400,151  $ 

240,091  $ 

640,242 

(1) Represents one times the base salary in effect at July 31, 2021.
(2) Represents one times the target annual cash incentive amount in effect at July 31, 2021.

86

Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination Due to Death or Disability

In the event of termination due to death or disability, all unexercised, unexpired stock options would immediately vest and 
all restricted stock unit awards would immediately become unrestricted and fully vested. The following table shows the amount 
payable to the NEOs should this event occur on July 31, 2021.

Name
J. Michael Nauman
A.J. Pearce
B.N. Curran
H.R. Nelligan
R.R. Shaller

Unvested Restricted 
Stock Units as of 
July 31, 2021

Restricted Stock 
Unit Acceleration 
Gain $ (1)

Unvested, In-the-
Money Stock 
Options as of 
July 31, 2021

124,619  $ 
38,904 
8,328 
17,640 
37,221 

6,814,167 
2,127,271 
455,375 
964,555 
2,035,244 

Stock Option 
Acceleration Gain $ 
(2)
2,035,961 
622,244 
135,851 
208,309 
465,350 

205,354  $ 
62,288 
13,701 
20,976 
46,397 

(1) Represents the closing market price of $54.68 on unvested time-based and performance-based RSU awards that would 
vest due to death or disability. The restricted stock unit acceleration gain for performance-based RSUs is based on the 
number of shares earned based on actual performance for the fiscal 2019 award and target performance for the fiscal 
2020 and 2021 awards.

(2) Represents the difference between the closing market price of $54.68 and the exercise price on unvested, in-the-money 

stock options that would vest due to death or disability.

CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure

Summarized below is the ratio of the total compensation of our CEO, J. Michael Nauman, to the total compensation of our 

median employee.

For fiscal 2021:

•
•

the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, other than the CEO, was $47,493; and
the annual total compensation of our CEO, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table, was $6,006,185.

Accordingly, the ratio of the CEO’s annual total compensation to the median of the annual total compensation of all other 

employees was approximately 126:1.

For fiscal 2021, to identify the median of the annual total compensation of all our employees, as well as to determine the 

annual total compensation of our median employee, we used the following methodology and material assumptions:

•

•

•

A measurement date of May 31, 2021, was used to identify our median employee, which is within three months of the 
Company's fiscal year end. As of this date, the Company's total employee population, excluding the CEO, consisted of 
5,621 individuals, which comprised all full-time and part-time employees. 
As permitted under the SEC rules, we excluded 139 employees that were acquired subsequent to the measurement date 
of May 31, 2021. After applying these rules, the employee population used for the analysis consisted of approximately 
5,482 individuals, of which 1,496 were in the United States and 3,986 were outside of the United States.
The Company used annual total cash compensation earned by our employees, as compiled from our payroll records, as 
the consistently applied compensation measure by which to determine the median employee. This reflects the principal 
forms of compensation delivered to all of our employees and is readily available in each country.

• We annualized the compensation of employees to cover the full fiscal year and for employees hired during fiscal 2021.
•
For  employees  outside  of  the  United  States,  we  used  applicable  currency  exchange  rates  based  on  the  average 
exchange rate over the period to convert all compensation data.

• Our median employee's total compensation was calculated in the same manner as we calculated total compensation for 
each of the NEOs in the Summary Compensation Table and also includes contributions to health and welfare benefits.

Board of Directors Compensation

To  ensure  competitive  compensation  for  the  Board  of  Directors,  compensation  is  reviewed  annually  and  market  surveys 
prepared  by  various  consulting  firms  and  the  National  Association  of  Corporate  Directors  are  reviewed  by  the  Corporate 
Governance  Committee  and  the  Management  Development  and  Compensation  Committee,  and  they  confer  with  the  Board’s 
independent compensation consultant, Meridian Compensation Partners, in making recommendations to the Board of Directors 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

regarding director compensation. Directors who are employees of the Company receive no additional compensation for service 
on the Board or on any committee of the Board. Compensation of directors was reviewed during fiscal 2021, and no changes to 
director compensation were made to cash retainers or meeting fees from fiscal 2020 levels.

In  fiscal  2021,  the  annual  cash  retainer  paid  to  non-management  directors  was  $60,000.  Each  member  of  the  Audit 
Committee received an annual retainer of $15,000, and an additional annual retainer of $15,000 was paid to the Chair of the 
Audit Committee; each member of the Management Development and Compensation Committee received an annual retainer of 
$12,000, and an additional annual retainer of $12,000 was paid to the Chair; and each member of the Corporate Governance, 
Finance and Technology Committees received an annual retainer of $10,000, and an additional annual retainer of $10,000 was 
paid to each committee chair. Non-management directors do not receive meeting fees. Non-management directors are eligible 
to receive compensation of up to $1,000 per day for special assignments required by management or the Board of Directors, so 
long as the compensation does not impair independence and is approved as required by the Board. No such special assignment 
fees were paid in fiscal year 2021.

In fiscal 2021, the Chair of the Board was paid an annual fee of $60,000. Mr. Goodkind served as Chair of the Board in 

fiscal 2021 until his retirement on May 21, 2021. Mr. Richardson was elected as Chair of the Board on May 21, 2021.

The Board has established stock ownership requirements for directors. The ownership requirement for each director is five 
times  the  annual  Board  retainer.  Directors  have  five  years  to  achieve  their  stock  ownership  requirements.  All  directors  have 
achieved their stock ownership requirements as of July 31, 2021.

Under the terms of the Brady Corporation 2017 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan, 5,000,000 shares of the Company's Class A 
Common  Stock  have  been  authorized  for  issuance  to  directors  and  employees.  The  Board  has  full  and  final  authority  to 
designate  the  non-management  directors  to  whom  awards  will  be  granted,  the  date  on  which  awards  will  be  granted  and  the 
number of shares of stock covered by each grant.

On September 14, 2020, the Board approved an annual stock-based compensation award of $109,000 in unrestricted shares 
of Class A Common Stock (having a grant date fair value of $39.92 per share), for each non-management director, effective 
September 30, 2020.

Directors are also eligible to defer portions of their fees into the Brady Corporation Director Deferred Compensation Plan 
(“Director Deferred Compensation Plan”), the value of which is measured by the fair value of the underlying investments. The 
assets of the Director Deferred Compensation Plan are held in a Rabbi Trust and are invested by the trustee as directed by the 
participant  in  several  investment  funds  as  permitted  by  the  Director  Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  The  investment  funds 
available  in  the  Director  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  include  Brady  Corporation  Class  A  Nonvoting  Common  Stock  and 
various mutual funds that are provided in the employee Matched 401(k) Plan. A director may elect whether to receive his/her 
account balance following termination in a single lump sum payment or by means of distribution under an annual installment 
method. Distributions of the Company Class A Nonvoting Common Stock are made in-kind; distributions of mutual funds are 
in cash.

Director Compensation Table — Fiscal 2021

Name
Patrick W. Allender
Gary S. Balkema (3)
David S. Bem
Elizabeth P. Bruno
Nancy L. Gioia 
Conrad G. Goodkind (4)
Frank W. Harris
Bradley C. Richardson
Michelle E. Williams

Fees Earned or 
Paid in Cash ($)
$ 

105,000  $ 
99,000 
87,323 
100,000 
92,710 
116,250 
82,000 
136,129 
85,548 

Option Awards 
($) (1)

Stock 
Awards ($) (2)

Total ($)

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

109,022  $ 
109,022 
109,022 
109,022 
109,022 
109,022 
109,022 
109,022 
109,022 

214,022 
208,022 
196,345 
209,022 
201,732 
225,272 
191,022 
245,151 
194,570 

(1) No  stock  options  were  awarded  to  non-management  directors  in  fiscal  2021.  Outstanding  option  awards  at  July  31, 
2021,  for  each  individual  who  served  as  director  in  fiscal  2021  include  the  following:  Mr.  Allender,  17,000;  Mr. 
Balkema,  12,750;  Ms.  Bruno,  12,750;  Ms.  Gioia,  8,500;  Mr.  Goodkind,  17,000;  and  Mr.  Harris,  12,750.  The  actual 
value,  if  any,  which  an  option  holder  will  realize  upon  the  exercise  of  an  option  will  depend  on  the  excess  of  the 
market value of the Company's common stock over the exercise price on the date the option is exercised.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(2) Represents the fair value of shares of Brady Corporation Class A Non-Voting Common Stock granted in fiscal 2021 as 
compensation for their services. The shares of unrestricted stock granted to the non-management directors were valued 
at the average of the high and low market price of $39.92 on September 30, 2020, for those non-management directors 
on the board as of that grant date.

(3) Mr. Balkema retired from the Board on July 20, 2021.
(4) Mr. Goodkind retired from the Board on May 21, 2021.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

(a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  current  beneficial  ownership  of  shareholders  who  are  known  by  the  Company  to  own 
more than five percent (5%) of any class of the Company’s voting shares on July 31, 2021. As of that date, nearly all of the 
voting stock of the Company was held by two trusts controlled by direct descendants of the Company’s founder, William H. 
Brady, as follows:

Title of Class
Class B Common Stock

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

Amount of Beneficial
Ownership

Percent of
Ownership(2)

EBL GST Non-Exempt Stock B Trust(1)                           
c/o Elizabeth P. Bruno 2002 S. Hawick Ct. 
Chapel Hill, NC 27516 
William H. Brady III Living Trust dated 
November 1, 2013  (3)
c/o William H. Brady III 
249 Rosemont Ave.
Pasadena, CA 91103

1,769,304 

1,769,304 

 50 %

 50 %

(1) The trustee is Elizabeth P. Bruno, who has sole voting and dispositive power and who is the remainder beneficiary. 
Elizabeth  Bruno  is  the  great-granddaughter  of  William  H.  Brady  and  currently  serves  on  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors.

(2) An additional 20 shares are owned by a third trust with different trustees.
(3) William H. Brady III is grantor of this revocable trust and shares voting and dispositive powers with respect to these 

shares with his co-trustee. William H. Brady III is the grandson of William H. Brady.

89

 
 
Table of Contents

(b) Security Ownership of Management

The following table sets forth the current beneficial ownership of each class of equity securities of the Company by each 
director  and  NEO  individually  and  by  all  directors  and  Officers  of  the  Company  as  a  group  as  of  July  31,  2021.  Unless 
otherwise noted, the address for each of the listed persons is c/o Brady Corporation, 6555 West Good Hope Road, Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin 53223. Except as otherwise indicated, all shares are owned directly.

Title of Class

Name of Beneficial Owner & Nature of Beneficial Ownership

Amount of Beneficial 
Ownership(3)(4)(5)

Percent of Ownership

Class A Common Stock

Elizabeth P. Bruno (1)
J. Michael Nauman
Aaron J. Pearce
Russell R. Shaller
Patrick W. Allender (2)
Helena R. Nelligan
Bradley C. Richardson
Frank W. Harris
Nancy L. Gioia
Bentley N. Curran
Michelle E. Williams
David S. Bem
All Officers and Directors as a Group (15 persons)

986,166 
633,712 
265,024 
129,762 
121,334 
67,569 
60,682 
33,772 
29,733 
23,562 
11,561 
7,089 
2,404,462 

 2.0 %
 1.3 %
 0.5 %
 0.3 %
 0.3 %
 0.1 %
 0.1 %
 0.1 %
 0.1 %
*
*
*
 5.0 %

Class B Common Stock

Elizabeth P. Bruno (1)

1,769,304 

 50.0 %

*

Indicates less than one-tenth of one percent.

(1) Ms. Bruno’s holdings of Class A Common Stock include 600,000 shares owned by a trust for which she is a trustee 
and  has  sole  dispositive  and  voting  authority  and  16,530  shares  owned  by  trusts  in  which  she  is  a  co-trustee. 
Ms. Bruno’s holdings of Class B Common Stock include 1,769,304 shares owned by a trust over which she has sole 
dispositive and voting authority.

(2) Mr. Allender's holdings of Class A Common Stock include 29,479 shares owned by the Patrick and Deborah Allender 

Irrevocable Trust.

(3) The amount shown for all officers and directors individually and as a group (15 persons) includes options to acquire a 
total of 823,961 shares of Class A Common Stock, which are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 
days of July 31, 2021, including the following: Ms. Bruno, 12,750 shares; Mr. Nauman, 447,150 shares; Mr. Pearce, 
171,142 shares; Mr. Shaller, 80,308 shares; Mr. Allender, 17,000 shares; Ms. Nelligan, 40,830 shares; Mr. Richardson, 
0 shares; Mr. Harris, 12,750 shares; Ms. Gioia, 8,500 shares; Mr. Curran, 10,340 shares; Dr. Williams, 0 shares; and 
Dr. Bem, 0 shares. It does not include other options for Class A Common Stock which have been granted at later dates 
and are not exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2021.

(4) The amount shown for all officers and directors individually and as a group (15 persons) includes unvested restricted 
stock  units  to  acquire  99,739  shares  of  Class  A  Common  stock,  which  will  vest  within  60  days  of  July  31,  2021, 
including the following: Mr. Nauman, 52,638 units; Mr. Pearce, 17,478 units; Mr. Shaller, 14,761 units; Ms. Nelligan, 
10,440 units; and Mr. Curran, 3,528 units. No unvested restricted stock units were held by directors which will vest 
within 60 days of July 31, 2021. It does not include unvested restricted stock awards or restricted stock units to acquire 
Class A Common Stock which have been granted at later dates and will not vest within 60 days of July 31, 2021.
(5) The amount shown for all officers and directors individually and as a group (15 persons) includes Class A Common 
Stock  owned  in  deferred  compensation  plans  totaling  166,802  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock,  including  the 
following:  Ms.  Bruno,  2,736  shares;  Mr.  Nauman  0  shares;  Mr.  Pearce,  3,836  shares;  Mr.  Shaller,  0  shares;  Mr. 
Allender, 74,855 shares; Ms. Nelligan 0 shares; Mr. Richardson, 60,682 shares; Mr. Harris, 2,771 shares;  Ms. Gioia, 
10,231 shares; Mr. Curran, 132 shares; Dr. Williams, 11,561 shares; and Dr. Bem, 0 shares.

(c) Changes in Control

No  arrangements  are  known  to  the  Company,  which  may,  at  a  subsequent  date,  result  in  a  change  in  control  of  the 

Company.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(d) Equity Compensation Plan Information

As of July 31, 2021

Number of securities to be 
issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options, warrants 
and rights (a)

Weighted-average exercise price 
of outstanding options, warrants 
and rights (b)

Number of securities 
remaining available for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans (excluding 
securities reflected in column 
(a)) (c)

1,749,815  $ 

None

1,749,815  $ 

40.69 

None

40.69 

2,959,105 

None

2,959,105 

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans 
approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders
Total

The  Company’s  equity  compensation  plan  allows  the  granting  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  RSUs,  and  unrestricted 
stock to various officers, directors and other employees of the Company at prices equal to fair market value at the date of grant. 
The Company has reserved 5,000,000 shares of Class A Nonvoting Common Stock for issuance under the Brady Corporation 
2017 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan. Generally, options will not be exercisable until one year after the date of grant, and will be 
exercisable thereafter, to the extent of one-third per year and have a maximum term of ten years. Generally, RSUs vest one-
third per year for the first three years.

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  Company  annually  solicits  information  from  its  directors  in  order  to  ensure  there  are  no  conflicts  of  interest.  The 
information gathered annually is reviewed by the Company and if any transactions are not in accordance with the rules of the 
NYSE or are potentially in violation of the Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, the transactions are referred to the 
Corporate Governance Committee for approval or other action. Further, potential affiliated party transactions would be reported 
as a part of the Company’s quarterly disclosure process. In addition, pursuant to its charter, the Company’s Audit Committee 
periodically reviews reports and disclosures of insider and affiliated party transaction with the Company, if any. Furthermore, 
the Company’s directors are expected to be mindful of their fiduciary obligations to the Company and to report any potential 
conflicts to the Corporate Governance Committee for review. Based on the Company’s consideration of all relevant facts and 
circumstances, the Corporate Governance Committee will decide whether or not to approve such transactions and will approve 
only  those  transactions  that  are  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Company.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  processes  in  place  to 
educate  executives  and  employees  about  affiliated  transactions.  The  Company  maintains  an  anonymous  hotline  by  which 
employees may report potential conflicts of interest such as affiliated party transactions.

In undertaking its review of potential related party transactions, the Board considered the commercial relationships of the 
Company,  if  any,  with  those  entities  that  have  employed  the  Company’s  directors.  The  commercial  relationships,  which 
involved  the  purchase  and  sale  of  products  on  customary  terms,  did  not  exceed  the  maximum  amounts  proscribed  by  the 
director independence rules of the NYSE. Furthermore, the compensation paid to the Company’s directors by their employers, 
was  not  linked  in  any  way  to  the  commercial  relationships  their  employers  had  with  the  Company  in  fiscal  2021.  After 
consideration of these factors, the Board concluded that none of the directors whose employers had a commercial relationship 
with  the  Company  had  a  material  interest  in  the  transactions  and  the  commercial  relationships  were  not  material  to  the 
Company.  Based  on  these  factors,  the  Company  has  determined  that  it  does  not  have  material  related  party  transactions  that 
affect  the  results  of  operations,  cash  flow  or  financial  condition.  The  Company  has  also  determined  that  no  transactions 
occurred in fiscal 2021, or are currently proposed, that would require disclosure under Item 404 (a) of Regulation S-K.

See Item 10 above for a discussion of director independence.

91

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table presents the aggregate fees incurred for professional services by Deloitte & Touche LLP and Deloitte 
Tax LLP during the years ended July 31, 2021 and 2020. Other than as set forth below, no professional services were rendered 
or fees billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP or Deloitte Tax LLP during the years ended July 31, 2021 and 2020.

Audit, audit-related and tax compliance:

Audit fees(1)
Tax fees — compliance

Subtotal audit, audit-related and tax compliance fees

Non-audit related:

Tax fees — planning and advice

Subtotal non-audit related fees

Total fees

2021

2020

(Dollars in thousands)

$ 

$ 

1,198  $ 
511 
1,709 

402 
402 
2,111  $ 

1,313 
472 
1,785 

373 
373 
2,158 

(1) Audit  fees  consist  of  professional  services  rendered  for  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  annual  financial  statements, 
attestation of management’s assessment of internal control, reviews of the quarterly financial statements and statutory 
reporting compliance.

Ratio of Tax Planning and Advice Fees to Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees and Tax Compliance Fees

2021

2020

0.2 to 1

0.2 to 1

Pre-Approval  Policy  —  The  services  performed  by  the  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  (“Independent 
Auditors”) in fiscal 2021 were pre-approved in accordance with the pre-approval policy and procedures adopted by the Audit 
Committee.  The  policy  requires  the  Audit  Committee  to  pre-approve  the  audit  and  non-audit  services  performed  by  the 
Independent  Auditors  in  order  to  assure  that  the  provision  of  such  services  does  not  impair  the  auditor’s  independence.  All 
services performed for the Company by the Independent Auditor must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee. Any 
proposed services exceeding pre-approved cost levels also require specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee.

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15 (a) — The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1) & 2) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule -

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted as they are not required, or the required information is shown in the consolidated 
financial statements or notes thereto.

3) Exhibits — See Exhibit Index at page 93 of this Form 10-K.

93

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

EXHIBIT INDEX

Description

2.1  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 28, 2012, by and among Brady Corporation, BC I 

Merger Sub Corporation, Precision Dynamics Corporation, and Precision Dynamics Holding LLC (29)

2.2  Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2014, by and among Brady Corporation, 

LTI Flexible Products, Inc. (d/b/a Boyd Corporation), and LTI Holdings Inc. (6)

2.3  Combination Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2021, by and between Brady S.a.r.l and Nordic ID Oyj 

(30)

2.4  Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2021, by and among Brady Corporation, LDC Limited, and 
the other institutional and individual holders of outstanding shares of Magicard Holdings Limited (36)
2.5  Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2021, by and among Brady Worldwide, Inc., BW Acquisition 
Corp.,  The  Code  Corporation,  Certain  Stockholders  of  the  Code  Corporation,  and  Shareholder 
Representative Services LLC (24)

3.1  Restated Articles of Incorporation of Brady Corporation (1)

3.2  By-Laws of Brady Corporation, as amended September 14, 2020 (23)

4.1  Description of Brady Corporation Securities (3)

4.2  Form of Indenture (1)

*10.1 Change of Control Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2020, with Pascal Deman (18)

*10.2 Brady Corporation BradyGold Plan, as amended (2)

*10.3 Executive Additional Compensation Plan, as amended (2)

*10.4 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended (37)

*10.5 Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended (37)

*10.6 Forms  of  Nonqualified  Employee  Stock  Option  Agreement,  Director  Nonqualified  Stock  Option 
Agreement,  and  Employee  Performance  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  the  Brady  Corporation  2006 
Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (10)

*10.7 Brady Corporation 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (27)

*10.8 Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2017 Omnibus Incentive 

Plan for awards granted prior to Fiscal 2019 (33)

10.9  Brady Corporation Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (4)

*10.10 Retirement Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2019, with Thomas J. Felmer (18)

*10.11 Form of Fiscal 2021 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (18)

*10.12 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

for awards granted prior to Fiscal 2019 (33)

*10.13 Form of Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2021 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady 

Corporation 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (3)

*10.14 Form  of  Fiscal  2019  and  Fiscal  2020  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  under  the 

Brady Corporation 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (37)

*10.15 Brady Corporation 2006 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (10)

*10.16 Form  of  Fiscal  2020  and  Fiscal  2021  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  under  the  Brady  Corporation 

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (3)

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

*10.17 Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2015, with Russell R. Shaller (21)

*10.18 Change of Control Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2015, with Aaron J. Pearce (21)

*10.19 Form of Fiscal 2019 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (37)

*10.20 Form of Fiscal 2015 Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 

Omnibus Incentive Plan (9)

*10.21 Restated Brady Corporation Restoration Plan, as amended (37)

*10.22 Change of Control Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2014, with Helena R. Nelligan (13)

*10.23 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2017 

Omnibus Incentive Plan for awards granted prior to Fiscal 2019 (33)
*10.24 Employment Offer Letter, dated as of June 2, 2015, with Russell Shaller (28)

*10.25 Form of Fiscal 2022 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2017 Omnibus 

Incentive Plan

10.26  Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 13, 2010, by and among Brady Corporation, Brady Worldwide, 

Inc., Tricor Direct, Inc., and certain Purchasers (19)

*10.27 Form of Fiscal 2019 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2017 Omnibus 

Incentive Plan (37)

*10.28 Brady Corporation 2010 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (22)

*10.29 Brady Corporation 2010 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (17)

*10.30 Form of Employee Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement and Employee Performance Stock Option 

Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2010 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (17)
*10.31 Form of Director Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2010 

Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (17)

*10.32 Form of Fiscal 2022 Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

*10.33 Change of Control Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2014, with Bentley N. Curran (13)

*10.34 Form of Fiscal 2022 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan

*10.35 Addendum to the 2017 General Stock Option Incentive Plan of Brady Corporation for Participants in 

France (18)

*10.36 Addendum to the 2017 General Restricted Stock Unit Incentive Plan of Brady Corporation for 

Participants in France (18) 

*10.37 Form of Fiscal 2012 Performance Stock Option under the Brady Corporation 2010 Omnibus Incentive 

Stock Plan (26)

*10.38 Brady Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (26)

*10.39 Form of Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 Omnibus 

Incentive Stock Plan (26)

*10.40 Form of Nonqualified Employee Performance Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2012 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (26)

*10.41 Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 Omnibus Incentive Stock 

Plan (26)

*10.42 Form of Fiscal 2013 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2012 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (31)

*10.43 Form of Fiscal 2013 Director Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 

Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (31)

95

 
Table of Contents

10.44  Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2019, by and among Brady Corporation and certain of its 

subsidiaries, the lenders listed therein, BMO Harris Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and L/C issuer, 
Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent and L/C issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as 
documentation agent (38)

*10.45 Employment Offer Letter, dated as of August 1, 2014, with J. Michael Nauman (35)

*10.46 Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2014, with J. Michael Nauman (35)

*10.47 Form of Fiscal 2014 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2012 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (32)

*10.48 Form of Fiscal 2014 Director Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 

Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (32)

*10.49 Form of Fiscal 2014 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 Omnibus 

Incentive Stock Plan (32)

*10.50 Form of Fiscal 2016 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2012 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (21)

*10.51 Form of Fiscal 2016 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 Omnibus 

Incentive Stock Plan (21)

*10.52 Form of Fiscal 2015 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 

2012 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (9)

*10.53 Form of Fiscal 2015 Director Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 

Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (9)

*10.54 Form of Fiscal 2015 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the Brady Corporation 2012 Omnibus 

Incentive Stock Plan (9)

*10.55 Employment Agreement, dated as of September 4, 2014, with Pascal Deman (18)

*10.56 Amendment to the Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2020, with Pascal Deman (18)

21  Subsidiaries of Brady Corporation

23  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of J. Michael Nauman

31.2  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Aaron J. Pearce

32.1  Section 1350 Certification of J. Michael Nauman

32.2  Section 1350 Certification of Aaron J. Pearce

101  Interactive Data File

104  Cover Page Inline XBRL data (Contained in Exhibit 101)

*

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-04155 on Form S-3
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1989
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1992
Reserved
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 25, 2014
Reserved
Reserved
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2014
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2008

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11) Reserved
(12) Reserved

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(13)
(14) Reserved
(15) Reserved
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20) Reserved
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
(33)
(34) Reserved
(35)
(36)
(37)
(38)

Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2014

Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2011
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 14, 2010

Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2015
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 27, 2010
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 16, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2021
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2017
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2011
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 27, 2016
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2015
Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 31, 2012
Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 16, 2021
Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2012
Incorporated by reference to Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current  Report on Form 8-K filed July 14, 2016

Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 4, 2014
Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 26, 2021
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 1, 2019

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

97

Table of Contents

Description

BRADY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Valuation accounts deducted in balance sheet from assets to which they 
apply — Accounts receivable — allowance for credit losses:

Balances at beginning of period

Additions — Due to acquired businesses

Additions — Charged to expense

Deductions — Bad debts written off, net of recoveries

Balances at end of period

Inventory — Reserve for slow-moving inventory: 

Balances at beginning of period

Additions — Due to acquired businesses

Additions — Charged to expense

Deductions — Inventory write-offs

Balances at end of period

Valuation allowances against deferred tax assets: 

Balances at beginning of period

Additions — Due to acquired businesses

Additions — Charged to expense

Deductions — Valuation allowances reversed/utilized

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year ended July 31,

2021

2020

2019

(Dollars in thousands)

7,157  $ 

5,005  $ 

4,471 

388 

803 

(1,042) 

7,306  $ 

— 

2,495 

(343) 

— 

587 

(53) 

7,157  $ 

5,005 

16,309  $ 

13,404  $ 

2,957 

4,908 

(1,165) 

— 

5,722 

(2,817) 

23,009  $ 

16,309  $ 

58,809  $ 

60,073  $ 

1,351 

4,168 

(13,259) 

— 

6,204 

(7,468) 

12,582 

— 

3,168 

(2,346) 

13,404 

56,866 

— 

5,981 

(2,774) 

60,073 

Balances at end of period

$ 

51,069  $ 

58,809  $ 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized this 2nd day of September 2021.

BRADY CORPORATION
By:

/s/ AARON J. PEARCE
Aaron J. Pearce
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.*

Signature

/s/ J. MICHAEL NAUMAN
J. Michael Nauman

/s/ ANN E. THORNTON

Ann E. Thornton

/s/ PATRICK W. ALLENDER

Patrick W. Allender

/s/ DAVID S. BEM

David S. Bem

/s/ ELIZABETH P. BRUNO

Elizabeth P. Bruno

/s/ NANCY L. GIOIA

Nancy L. Gioia

/s/ FRANK W. HARRIS

Frank W. Harris

/s/ BRADLEY C. RICHARDSON

Bradley C. Richardson

/s/ MICHELLE E. WILLIAMS

Michelle E. Williams

Title

President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

   Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

*

Each of the above signatures is affixed as of September 2, 2021.

99